UserGuide: Add ref. to Flyswatter2
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
376 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
377 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
378 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
379 @end itemize
380
381 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
382
383 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
384 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
385 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
386 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
387 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
388
389 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
390 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
391 (see the section on driver commands).
392
393 @itemize
394 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
395 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
396 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
398 @end itemize
399
400 @section USB JLINK based
401 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
402 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
403 AT91SAM764 internally.
404
405 @itemize @bullet
406 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
408 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
409 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
410 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
412 @end itemize
413
414 @section USB RLINK based
415 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
416
417 @itemize @bullet
418 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
420 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
421 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
422 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
424 @end itemize
425
426 @section USB ST-LINK based
427 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
428 They only works with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
429
430 @itemize @bullet
431 @item @b{ST-LINK}
432 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
433 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
434 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
435 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
436 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
437 @end itemize
438
439 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
440 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
441 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following method's:
442 @itemize @bullet
443 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
444 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
445 @end itemize
446
447 @section USB Other
448 @itemize @bullet
449 @item @b{USBprog}
450 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
451
452 @item @b{USB - Presto}
453 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
454
455 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
456 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
457
458 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
459 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
460
461 @item @b{Buspirate}
462 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
463 @end itemize
464
465 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
466
467 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
468 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
469 these on the market.
470
471 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
472 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
473 of USB-based ones.
474
475 @itemize @bullet
476
477 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
478 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
479
480 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
481 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
482 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
483
484 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
485 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
486
487 @item @b{GW16402}
488 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
489
490 @item @b{Wiggler2}
491 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
492 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
493
494 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
495 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
496
497 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
498 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
499
500 @item @b{arm-jtag}
501 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
502
503 @item @b{chameleon}
504 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
505
506 @item @b{Triton}
507 @* Unknown.
508
509 @item @b{Lattice}
510 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
511 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
512
513 @item @b{flashlink}
514 @* From ST Microsystems;
515 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
516 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
517
518 @end itemize
519
520 @section Other...
521 @itemize @bullet
522
523 @item @b{ep93xx}
524 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
525
526 @item @b{at91rm9200}
527 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
528
529 @end itemize
530
531 @node About Jim-Tcl
532 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
533 @cindex Jim-Tcl
534 @cindex tcl
535
536 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
537 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
538 command interpreter.
539
540 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
541 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
542 much of anything about Tcl.
543 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
544
545 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
546 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
547 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
548 OpenOCD mailing list.
549
550 @itemize @bullet
551 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
552 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
553 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
554 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
555 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
556 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
557
558 @item @b{Missing Features}
559 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
560 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
561 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
562 enabled in OpenOCD.
563
564 @item @b{Scripts}
565 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
566 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
567 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
568
569 @item @b{Commands}
570 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
571 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
572 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
573 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
574
575 @item @b{Historical Note}
576 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
577 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
578 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
579 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
580
581 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
582 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
583 @end itemize
584
585 @node Running
586 @chapter Running
587 @cindex command line options
588 @cindex logfile
589 @cindex directory search
590
591 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
592 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
593 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
594 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
595 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
596
597 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
598 tell it how each debug session should work.
599 The @option{--help} option shows:
600 @verbatim
601 bash$ openocd --help
602
603 --help | -h display this help
604 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
605 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
606 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
607 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
608 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
609 --command | -c run <command>
610 @end verbatim
611
612 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
613 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
614 To specify one or more different
615 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
616
617 @example
618 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
619 @end example
620
621 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
622 @enumerate
623 @item the current directory,
624 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
625 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
626 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
627 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
628 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
629 @end enumerate
630 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
631
632 @quotation Note
633 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
634 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
635 @end quotation
636
637 @section Simple setup, no customization
638
639 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
640 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
641 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
642 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
643 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
644
645 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
646 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
647 the server like:
648
649 @example
650 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
651 @end example
652
653 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
654 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
655 If all goes well you'll see output something like
656
657 @example
658 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
659 For bug reports, read
660 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
661 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
662 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
663 @end example
664
665 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
666 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
667 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
668
669 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
670
671 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
672 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
673 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
674 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
675 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
676 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
677 ensure that this always succeeds.
678 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
679 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
680 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
681 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
682
683 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
684 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
685 those channels.
686
687 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
688 the @option{-d} option.
689
690 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
691 @option{-c} command line switch.
692
693 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
694 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
695 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
696 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
697 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
698 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
699 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
700
701 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
702 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
703
704 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
705 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
706 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
707 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
708
709 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
710 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
711
712 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
713 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
714 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
715 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
716 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
717 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
718 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
719
720 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
721
722 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
723 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
724 and a USB cable on the other.
725 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
726 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
727
728 @enumerate
729 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
730 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
731 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
732 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
733 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
734 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
735 debugging host.
736
737 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
738 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
739 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
740 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
741 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
742
743 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
744 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
745 with 1.2 Volt boards.
746
747 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
748 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
749 ways to connect the cable.
750 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
751 Be sure it's firmly connected.
752
753 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
754 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
755 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
756 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
757 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
758 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
759 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
760 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
761
762 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
763 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
764 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
765 but are tedious to set up.
766 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
767 adapter signals to the right board pins.
768
769 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
770 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
771 you are using to run OpenOCD.
772 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
773
774 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
775 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
776 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
777
778 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
779 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
780 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
781
782 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
783 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
784 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
785 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
786
787 @end enumerate
788
789 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
790 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
791 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
792
793 @section Project Directory
794
795 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
796
797 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
798 single directory for your work with a given board.
799 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
800 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
801 files accessed through semihosting,
802 and for code you upload to the target board.
803 It is also the natural place to write files,
804 such as log files and data you download from the board.
805
806 @section Configuration Basics
807
808 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
809 a variety of ways you can mix them.
810 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
811
812 @itemize
813 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
814 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
815 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
816 @end itemize
817
818 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
819 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
820 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
821
822 @example
823 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
824
825 # GDB can also flash my flash!
826 gdb_memory_map enable
827 gdb_flash_program enable
828
829 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
830 @end example
831
832 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
833
834 @example
835 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
836 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
837 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
838 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
839 @end example
840
841 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
842 each supporting a different development task.
843 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
844 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
845
846 @quotation Important
847 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
848 problems with how it treats variables.
849 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
850 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
851 that can be tested in a later script.
852 @end quotation
853
854 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
855 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
856 to simplify your work.
857
858 @section User Config Files
859 @cindex config file, user
860 @cindex user config file
861 @cindex config file, overview
862
863 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
864 in one place.
865 One of the following will match your situation best:
866
867 @itemize
868 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
869 provided by someone else.
870 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
871 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
872 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
873 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
874 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
875 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
876
877 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
878 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
879
880 @enumerate
881 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
882 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
883 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
884 @end enumerate
885
886 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
887 The first is an interface config file.
888 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
889 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
890 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
891 meet your deadline:
892
893 @example
894 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
895 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
896 @end example
897
898 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
899 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
900 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
901 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
902
903 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
904 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
905 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
906 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
907 target and board
908 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
909 @xref{Autoprobing}.
910
911 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
912 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
913 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
914 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
915
916 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
917 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
918 giving access to your particular flash chips.
919 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
920 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
921
922 @quotation Note
923 When you write new configuration files, please submit
924 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
925 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
926 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
927 will help support users of any board using that chip.
928 @end quotation
929
930 @item
931 You may may need to write some C code.
932 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
933 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
934 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
935 a new chip architecture.
936 @end itemize
937
938 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
939 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
940 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
941
942 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
943 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
944 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
945 @itemize
946
947 @item
948 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
949 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
950 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
951 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
952
953 @item
954 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
955 @cindex vector_catch
956 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
957 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
958 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
959 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
960 along with messaging and tracing setup.
961 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
962
963 @item
964 You might need to override some defaults.
965 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
966 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
967
968 @item
969 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
970 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
971 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
972 @end itemize
973
974 @section Project-Specific Utilities
975
976 A few project-specific utility
977 routines may well speed up your work.
978 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
979
980 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
981 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
982 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
983 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
984 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
985 may help:
986
987 @example
988 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
989 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
990 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
991 # Leave the CPU halted.
992 reset init
993
994 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
995 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
996
997 # Start running.
998 resume 0x20000000
999 @}
1000 @end example
1001
1002 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1003 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1004 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1005 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1006 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1007
1008 @example
1009 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1010 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1011 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1012 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1013 reset init
1014
1015 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1016 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1017 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1018 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1019 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1020 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1021 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1022
1023 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1024 reset run
1025 @}
1026 @end example
1027
1028 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1029 from NAND.
1030 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1031 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1032 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1033
1034 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1035 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1036
1037 @section Target Software Changes
1038
1039 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1040 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1041 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1042 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1043 handling issues like:
1044
1045 @itemize @bullet
1046
1047 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1048 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1049 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1050 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1051 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1052 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1053 your debug sessions.
1054
1055 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1056 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1057 That might however be your only option.
1058
1059 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1060 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1061 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1062 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1063 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1064 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1065 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1066 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1067 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1068 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1069 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1070 instead of the whole thing.
1071 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1072 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1073
1074 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1075 @cindex ARM semihosting
1076 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1077 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1078 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1079 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1080 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1081 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1082 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1083 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1084 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1085 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1086 NAND or SPI flash.
1087
1088 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1089 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1090 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1091 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1092 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1093
1094 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1095 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1096 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1097 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1098 registers which can be used to change various features including
1099 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1100 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1101 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1102 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1103 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1104
1105 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1106 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1107 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1108 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1109 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1110
1111 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1112 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1113 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1114 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1115 early code execution can be debugged
1116 or firmware can be replaced.
1117
1118 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1119 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1120 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1121 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1122 operations like writing to memory.)
1123
1124 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1125 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1126 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1127 various kinds of message.
1128 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1129
1130 @end itemize
1131
1132 @section Target Hardware Setup
1133
1134 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1135 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1136 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1137 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1138 working with.}
1139
1140 Common issues include:
1141
1142 @itemize @bullet
1143
1144 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1145 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1146 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1147 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1148 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1149 or one from a daughtercard).
1150 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1151 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1152
1153 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1154 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1155 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1156 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1157 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1158 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1159
1160 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1161 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1162 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1163 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1164 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1165
1166
1167 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1168 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1169 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1170 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1171 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1172 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1173 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1174
1175 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1176 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1177 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1178 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1179 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1180
1181 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1182 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1183 used to start booting.
1184
1185 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1186 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1187 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1188 multiple audio codec chips).
1189 This interacts with software
1190 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1191 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1192 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1193 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1194 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1195 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1196 audio or video codecs are used.
1197
1198 @end itemize
1199
1200 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1201 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1202 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1203 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1204 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1205 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1206 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1207 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1208 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1209 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1210
1211
1212 @node Config File Guidelines
1213 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1214
1215 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1216 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1217 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1218 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1219
1220 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1221 with files including the ones listed here.
1222 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1223 @itemize @bullet
1224 @item @file{interface} ...
1225 These are for debug adapters.
1226 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1227 @example
1228 $ ls interface
1229 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1230 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1231 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1232 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1233 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1234 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1235 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1236 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1237 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1238 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1239 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1240 $
1241 @end example
1242 @item @file{board} ...
1243 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1244 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1245 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1246 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1247 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1248 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1249 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1250 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1251 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1252 a CPU and an FPGA.
1253 @example
1254 $ ls board
1255 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1256 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1257 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1258 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1259 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1260 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1261 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1262 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1263 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1264 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1265 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1266 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1267 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1268 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1269 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1270 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1271 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1272 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1273 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1274 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1275 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1276 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1277 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1278 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1279 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1280 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1281 $
1282 @end example
1283 @item @file{target} ...
1284 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1285 on a chip
1286 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1287 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1288 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1289 the target config file defines all of them.
1290 @example
1291 $ ls target
1292 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1293 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1294 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1295 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1296 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1297 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1298 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1299 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1300 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1301 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1302 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1303 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1304 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1305 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1306 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1307 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1308 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1309 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1310 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1311 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1312 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1313 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1314 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1315 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1316 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1317 $
1318 @end example
1319 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1320 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1321 @end itemize
1322
1323 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1324 file may override features in any of the above files by
1325 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1326 commands specific to their situation.
1327
1328 @section Interface Config Files
1329
1330 The user config file
1331 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1332
1333 @example
1334 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1335 @end example
1336
1337 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1338 in use today with OpenOCD.
1339 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1340 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1341
1342 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1343 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1344 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1345 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1346 and need to provide a driver for it.
1347
1348 @section Board Config Files
1349 @cindex config file, board
1350 @cindex board config file
1351
1352 The user config file
1353 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1354
1355 @example
1356 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1357 @end example
1358
1359 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1360 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1361 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1362
1363 @enumerate
1364 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1365 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1366 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1367 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1368 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1369 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1370 @end enumerate
1371
1372 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1373 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1374 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1375 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1376
1377 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1378 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1379 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1380 configuration works.
1381
1382 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1383
1384 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1385 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1386 convention on how to use certain variables.
1387
1388 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1389 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1390 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1391 used at will within a target configuration file.
1392
1393 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1394 for a board with three chips:
1395
1396 @example
1397 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1398 set CHIPNAME network
1399 set ENDIAN big
1400 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1401 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1402 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1403 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1404
1405 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1406 set CHIPNAME video
1407 set ENDIAN little
1408 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1409 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1410 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1411 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1412
1413 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1414 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1415 unset ENDIAN
1416 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1417 @end example
1418
1419 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1420 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1421 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1422 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1423 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1424 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1425 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1426 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1427
1428 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1429 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1430 naming collisions.
1431
1432 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1433 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1434 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1435 up other clocks and peripherals.
1436
1437 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1438 @cindex variable names
1439
1440 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1441 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1442 one such chip (as shown above).
1443 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1444 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1445 to promote consistency and
1446 so that board files can override target defaults.
1447
1448 Inputs to target config files include:
1449
1450 @itemize @bullet
1451 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1452 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1453 tap identifier dotted names.
1454 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1455 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1456 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1457 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1458 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1459 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1460 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1461 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1462 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1463 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1464 @end itemize
1465
1466 Outputs from target config files include:
1467
1468 @itemize @bullet
1469 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1470 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1471 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1472 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1473 specific to that board and that target.
1474 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1475 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1476 @end itemize
1477
1478 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1479 @cindex event, reset-init
1480 @cindex reset-init handler
1481
1482 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1483 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1484 fully set up yet.
1485 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1486 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1487 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1488 handler is one of the most important.
1489
1490 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1491 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1492 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1493 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1494 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1495
1496 @quotation Note
1497 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1498 are included here.
1499 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1500 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1501 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1502 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1503 @end quotation
1504
1505 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1506 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1507 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1508 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1509 those as parameters.
1510 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1511 and disabling the watchdog.
1512 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1513 the next developer doing such work.
1514 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1515
1516 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1517 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1518 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1519 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1520
1521 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1522
1523 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1524 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1525 a low JTAG clock rate.
1526 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1527 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1528 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1529 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1530 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1531 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1532 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1533
1534 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1535 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1536 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1537 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1538 which might be less than that.
1539
1540 @quotation Warning
1541 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1542 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1543 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1544 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1545 @end quotation
1546
1547 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1548 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1549 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1550 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1551 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1552 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1553
1554 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1555 @subsection The init_board procedure
1556 @cindex init_board procedure
1557
1558 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1559 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1560 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1561 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1562 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1563 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1564 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1565 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1566 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1567 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1568
1569 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1570 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1571
1572 @example
1573 ### board_file.cfg ###
1574
1575 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1576 source [find target/target.cfg]
1577
1578 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1579 # enables fast on-board clock source
1580 # configures the chip to use it
1581 @}
1582
1583 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1584 proc init_board @{@} @{
1585 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1586
1587 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1588 adapter_khz 1
1589 enable_fast_clock
1590 adapter_khz 10000
1591 @}
1592 @}
1593 @end example
1594
1595 @section Target Config Files
1596 @cindex config file, target
1597 @cindex target config file
1598
1599 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1600 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1601 more target config files like this:
1602
1603 @example
1604 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1605 @end example
1606
1607 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1608 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1609 In summary the target files should contain
1610
1611 @enumerate
1612 @item Set defaults
1613 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1614 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1615 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1616 @item On-Chip flash
1617 @end enumerate
1618
1619 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1620 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1621 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1622
1623 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1624 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1625 can talk to the chip.
1626 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1627 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1628 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1629 and other processing engines.
1630
1631 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1632
1633 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1634 letting board config files express environment-specific
1635 differences in how things should be set up.
1636
1637 @example
1638 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1639 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1640 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1641 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1642 @} else @{
1643 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1644 @}
1645
1646 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1647 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1648 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1649 @} else @{
1650 set _ENDIAN little
1651 @}
1652
1653 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1654 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1655 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1656 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1657 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1658 @} else @{
1659 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1660 @}
1661 @end example
1662 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1663
1664 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1665 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1666 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1667
1668 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1669 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1670 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1671
1672 @example
1673 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1674 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1675 @end example
1676
1677 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1678 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1679 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1680 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1681 for taps.
1682
1683 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1684 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1685 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1686 looks (in part) like this:
1687
1688 @example
1689 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1690 @end example
1691
1692 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1693 to source such a config file twice, with different
1694 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1695 it adds a different TAP each time.
1696
1697 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1698 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1699 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1700 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1701
1702 @example
1703 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1704 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1705 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1706 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1707 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1708 @end example
1709
1710 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1711 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1712
1713 @itemize
1714 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1715 plus a JRC to enable them
1716 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1717 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1718 is not currently used)
1719 @end itemize
1720
1721 @subsection Add CPU targets
1722
1723 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1724 GDB and other commands can use it.
1725 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1726 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1727 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1728 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1729
1730 @example
1731 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1732 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1733 @end example
1734
1735 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1736 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1737 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1738 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1739 a work area if you can.
1740 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1741
1742 @example
1743 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1744 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1745 @end example
1746
1747 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1748 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1749 @cindex SMP
1750 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1751
1752 @example
1753 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1754 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1755 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1756 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1757 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1758 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1759 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1760 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1761 @end example
1762 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1763 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1764 @itemize @bullet
1765 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1766 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1767 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1768 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1769 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1770 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1771 @end itemize
1772
1773 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1774 command have been implemented.
1775 @itemize @bullet
1776 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1777 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1778 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1779 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1780 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1781 following example.
1782 @end itemize
1783
1784 @example
1785 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1786 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1787 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1788 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1789 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1790 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1791 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1792 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1793 > resume
1794 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1795 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1796 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1797 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1798 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1799 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1800 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1801 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1802 @end example
1803
1804
1805 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1806
1807 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1808 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1809 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1810
1811 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1812 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1813 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1814 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1815 both signals.
1816
1817 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1818 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1819 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1820 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1821 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1822 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1823 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1824 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1825 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1826 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1827 not available.)
1828
1829 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1830 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1831 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1832 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1833 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1834 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1835 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1836 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1837
1838 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1839 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1840 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1841 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1842 slower clock than they will use later.
1843 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1844 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1845 than they will use later.
1846 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1847
1848 @quotation Important
1849 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1850 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1851 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1852 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1853 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1854 @end quotation
1855
1856 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1857 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1858 @cindex init_targets procedure
1859
1860 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1861 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1862 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1863 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1864 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1865 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1866 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1867
1868 @example
1869 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1870
1871 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1872 # basic initialization procedure ...
1873 @}
1874
1875 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1876 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1877 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1878 @}
1879
1880 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1881
1882 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1883
1884 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1885 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1886 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1887 @}
1888 @end example
1889
1890 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
1891 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
1892
1893 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
1894
1895 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
1896
1897 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1898
1899 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1900 special high speed download features - enable it.
1901
1902 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1903
1904 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1905 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1906 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1907 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1908 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1909 If you are using an external trace port,
1910 configure it in your board config file.
1911 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1912 configure it in your target config file.
1913
1914 @example
1915 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1916 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1917 @end example
1918
1919 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1920
1921 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1922
1923 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1924 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1925 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1926 the TARGET (chip) file.
1927
1928 Examples:
1929 @itemize @bullet
1930 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1931 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1932 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1933 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1934 @end itemize
1935
1936 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1937 @section Translating Configuration Files
1938 @cindex translation
1939 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1940 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1941 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1942 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1943 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1944 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1945
1946 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1947 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1948 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1949 convert other scripts later on.
1950
1951 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1952 replace job:
1953
1954 @example
1955 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1956 #
1957 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1958 #
1959 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1960 #
1961 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1962
1963 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1964 global TARGETNAME
1965
1966 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1967
1968 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1969 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1970 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1971 @}
1972 @end example
1973
1974
1975
1976 @node Daemon Configuration
1977 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1978 @cindex initialization
1979 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1980 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1981 supported.
1982
1983 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1984 @section Configuration Stage
1985 @cindex configuration stage
1986 @cindex config command
1987
1988 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1989 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1990 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1991 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1992 inside startup scripts.
1993
1994 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1995 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1996 which may be issued interactively.
1997 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1998 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1999
2000 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2001 flash banks,
2002 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2003 and other basic setup.
2004 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2005 may access or activate TAPs.
2006 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2007 longer be issued.
2008
2009 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2010 @section Entering the Run Stage
2011
2012 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2013 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2014 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2015 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2016 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2017 You should see no errors at this point.
2018 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2019 commands you used to configure the server.
2020 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2021 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2022 on the scan chain.
2023
2024 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2025 become available.
2026 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2027 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2028 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2029 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2030 entry to the run stage.
2031
2032 @deffn {Config Command} init
2033 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2034 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2035 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2036 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2037 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2038 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2039
2040 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2041 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2042 configuration files and/or command line options.
2043
2044 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2045 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2046 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2047 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2048 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2049 @end deffn
2050
2051 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2052 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2053 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2054
2055 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2056 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2057 scan chain.
2058 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2059 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2060
2061 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2062 they return.
2063 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2064 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2065 @end deffn
2066
2067 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2068 @section TCP/IP Ports
2069 @cindex TCP port
2070 @cindex server
2071 @cindex port
2072 @cindex security
2073 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2074 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2075 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2076
2077 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2078 access using one or more of these ports.
2079 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2080 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2081 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2082
2083 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2084 @cindex GDB server
2085 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2086 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2087 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2088 the normal use cases.
2089
2090 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2091 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2092 disables the gdb server.
2093
2094 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2095 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2096
2097 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2098 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2099
2100 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2101 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2102 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2103
2104 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2105 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2106 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2107 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2108 @end deffn
2109
2110 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2111 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2112 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2113 output from the Tcl engine.
2114 Intended as a machine interface.
2115 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2116 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2117
2118 @end deffn
2119
2120 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2121 Specify or query the
2122 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2123 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2124 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2125 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2126 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2127 @end deffn
2128
2129 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2130 @section GDB Configuration
2131 @cindex GDB
2132 @cindex GDB configuration
2133 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2134 The ones listed here are static and global.
2135 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2136 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2137
2138 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2139 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2140 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2141 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2142 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2143 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2144 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2145 @end deffn
2146
2147 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2148 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2149 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2150 vFlash packet is received.
2151 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2152 @end deffn
2153
2154 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2155 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2156 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2157 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2158 for flash programming to work.
2159 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2160 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2161 @end deffn
2162
2163 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2164 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2165 by GDB memory read packets.
2166 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2167 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @anchor{Event Polling}
2171 @section Event Polling
2172
2173 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2174 where significant events can happen at any time.
2175 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2176 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2177 or to GDB.
2178
2179 Examples of such events include:
2180
2181 @itemize
2182 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2183 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2184 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2185 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2186 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2187 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2188 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2189 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2190 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2191 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2192 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2193 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2194 @end itemize
2195
2196 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2197 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2198 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2199 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2200 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2201
2202 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2203 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2204 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2205 to the various active targets.
2206 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2207 which is normally done in the background.
2208
2209 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2210 Poll the current target for its current state.
2211 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2212 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2213 specific information about the current state is printed.
2214 An optional parameter
2215 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2216
2217 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2218 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2219 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2220 @example
2221 > poll
2222 background polling: on
2223 target state: halted
2224 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2225 current mode: Supervisor
2226 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2227 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2228 >
2229 @end example
2230 @end deffn
2231
2232 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2233 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2234 @cindex config file, interface
2235 @cindex interface config file
2236
2237 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2238 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2239 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2240
2241 @quotation Note
2242 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2243 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2244 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2245 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2246 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2247 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2248 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2249 @end quotation
2250
2251 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2252 through commands in an interface configuration
2253 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2254 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2255
2256 @example
2257 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2258 @end example
2259
2260 These commands tell
2261 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2262 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2263
2264 @example
2265 # jlink interface
2266 interface jlink
2267 @end example
2268
2269 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2270
2271
2272 @section Interface Configuration
2273
2274 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2275 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2276 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2277
2278 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2279 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2280 target.
2281 @end deffn
2282
2283 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2284 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2285 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2286 @end deffn
2287 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2288 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2289 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2290 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2291 the hardware can support.
2292 @end deffn
2293
2294
2295
2296 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2297 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2298 @end deffn
2299
2300 @section Interface Drivers
2301
2302 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2303 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2304 available at run time.
2305
2306 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2307 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2308 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2309 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2310
2311 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2312 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2313 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2314 @end deffn
2315
2316 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2317 Displays status of RTCK option.
2318 Optionally sets that option first.
2319 @end deffn
2320 @end deffn
2321
2322 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2323 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2324 This has one driver-specific command:
2325
2326 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2327 Logs some status
2328 @end deffn
2329 @end deffn
2330
2331 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2332 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2333 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2334 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2335 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2336 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2337 @end deffn
2338
2339 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2340 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2341 @end deffn
2342
2343 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2344 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2345 @end deffn
2346
2347 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2348 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2349 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2350 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2351
2352 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2353 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2354 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2355 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2356 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2357 @end deffn
2358
2359 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2360 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2361 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2362 is connected to the host.
2363 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2364 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2365 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2366 @end deffn
2367
2368 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2369 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2370 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2371 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2372 @itemize @minus
2373 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2374 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2375 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2376 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2377 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2378 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2379 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2380 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2381 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2382 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2383 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2384 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2385 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2386 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2387 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2388 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2389 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2390 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2391 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2392 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2393 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2394 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2395 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2396 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2397 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2398 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2399 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2400 @end itemize
2401 @end deffn
2402
2403 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2404 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2405 default values are used.
2406 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2407 @example
2408 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2409 @end example
2410 @end deffn
2411
2412 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2413 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2414 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2415 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2416 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2417 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2418 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2419 @end deffn
2420
2421 For example, the interface config file for a
2422 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2423
2424 @example
2425 interface ft2232
2426 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2427 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2428 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2429 @end example
2430 @end deffn
2431
2432 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2433 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2434 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2435 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2436
2437 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2438 processors which are being simulated.
2439
2440 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2441 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2442 sockets instead of TCP.
2443 @end deffn
2444
2445 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2446 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2447 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2451 something like:
2452
2453 @example
2454 interface remote_bitbang
2455 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2456 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2457 @end example
2458
2459 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2460 named mysocket:
2461
2462 @example
2463 interface remote_bitbang
2464 remote_bitbang_port 0
2465 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2466 @end example
2467 @end deffn
2468
2469 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2470 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2471 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2472 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2473
2474 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2475 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2476 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2477 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2478 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2479 @end deffn
2480
2481 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2482 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2483 default values are used.
2484 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2485 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2486 @example
2487 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2488 @end example
2489 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2490 @example
2491 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2492 @end example
2493 @end deffn
2494
2495 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2496 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2497 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2498 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2499
2500 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2501 @example
2502 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2503 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2504 @end example
2505 @end deffn
2506
2507 @end deffn
2508
2509 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2510 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2511 This has one driver-specific command:
2512
2513 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2514 Display either the address of the I/O port
2515 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2516 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2517 This is a write-once setting.
2518 @end deffn
2519 @end deffn
2520
2521 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2522 Segger jlink USB adapter
2523 @c command: jlink caps
2524 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2525 @c command: jlink config
2526 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2527 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2528 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2529 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2530 @c set the MAC Address
2531 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2532 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2533 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2534 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2535 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2536 @c command: jlink config reset
2537 @c reset the current config
2538 @c command: jlink config save
2539 @c save the current config
2540 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2541 @c set the USB-Address,
2542 @c This will change the product id
2543 @c command: jlink info
2544 @c dumps status
2545 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2546 @c sets version 2 or 3
2547 @c command: jlink pid
2548 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2549 @end deffn
2550
2551 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2552 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2553 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2554 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2555 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2556
2557 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2558 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2559 This is a write-once setting.
2560 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2561
2562 @itemize @minus
2563 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2564 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2565 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2566 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2567 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2568 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2569 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2570 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2571 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2572 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2573 some versions of
2574 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2575 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2576 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2577 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2578 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2579 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2580 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2581 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2582 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2583 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2584 @end itemize
2585 @end deffn
2586
2587 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2588 Display either the address of the I/O port
2589 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2590 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2591 This is a write-once setting.
2592
2593 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2594 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2595 you may encounter a problem.
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2599 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2600 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2601 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2602 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2603 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2604
2605 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2606 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2607 @quotation Tip
2608 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2609 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2610 @example
2611 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2612 > adapter_khz 500
2613 @end example
2614 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2615 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2616 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2617 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2618 large set of samples.
2619 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2620 @example
2621 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2622 @end example
2623 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2624 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2625
2626 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2627 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2628 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2629 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2630 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2631 @end quotation
2632 @end deffn
2633
2634 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2635 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2636 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2637 @end deffn
2638
2639 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2640 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2641
2642 @example
2643 interface parport
2644 parport_port 0x278
2645 parport_cable wiggler
2646 @end example
2647 @end deffn
2648
2649 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2650 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2651 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2652 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2653 @end deffn
2654 @end deffn
2655
2656 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2657 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2658 @end deffn
2659
2660 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2661 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2662 @end deffn
2663
2664 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2665 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2666
2667 @quotation Note
2668 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2669 which are not currently documented here.
2670 @end quotation
2671 @end deffn
2672
2673 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2674 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2675 @end deffn
2676
2677 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2678 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2679 @end deffn
2680
2681 @quotation Note
2682 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2683 which are not currently documented here.
2684 @end quotation
2685
2686 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2687 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2688 No arguments: print status.
2689 @end deffn
2690
2691 @section Transport Configuration
2692 @cindex Transport
2693 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2694 and the debug adapter you are using,
2695 several transports may be available to
2696 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2697 @deffn Command {transport list}
2698 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2699 version of OpenOCD.
2700 @end deffn
2701
2702 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2703 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2704 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2705 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2706 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2707 @end deffn
2708
2709 @subsection JTAG Transport
2710 @cindex JTAG
2711 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2712 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2713 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2714 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2715 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2716 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2717 @subsection SWD Transport
2718 @cindex SWD
2719 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2720 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2721 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2722 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2723 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2724 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2725 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2726 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2727 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2728 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2729 expected to change.
2730 @end deffn
2731 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2732 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2733 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2734 No parameters: displays current settings.
2735 @end deffn
2736
2737 @subsection SPI Transport
2738 @cindex SPI
2739 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2740 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2741 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2742 solution for flash programming.
2743
2744 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2745 @section JTAG Speed
2746 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2747 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2748 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2749 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2750 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2751 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2752 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2753 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2754 power management software that may be active.
2755
2756 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2757 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2758 target event handler.
2759 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2760 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2761 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2762 sets up those clocks).
2763 @xref{Target Events}.
2764 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2765 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2766 in the target config file.
2767 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2768 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2769 config file instead.
2770 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2771 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2772 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2773
2774 @example
2775 jtag_rclk 3000
2776 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2777 @end example
2778
2779 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2780 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2781 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2782 may not be the fastest solution.
2783
2784 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2785 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2786 which support adaptive clocking.
2787
2788 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2789 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2790 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2791 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2792 than the speed specified.
2793
2794 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2795 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2796 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2797 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2798
2799 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2800 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2801 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2802 JTAG clocking after setup.
2803 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2804 If the interface device can not
2805 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2806 @end deffn
2807
2808 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2809 @cindex adaptive clocking
2810 @cindex RTCK
2811 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2812 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2813 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2814 @example
2815 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2816 jtag_rclk 3000
2817 @end example
2818 @end defun
2819
2820 @node Reset Configuration
2821 @chapter Reset Configuration
2822 @cindex Reset Configuration
2823
2824 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2825 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2826 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2827 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2828 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2829 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2830 Please see the various board files for examples.
2831
2832 @quotation Note
2833 To maintainers and integrators:
2834 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2835 Normally the board configuration file
2836 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2837 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2838
2839 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2840 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2841 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2842 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2843 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2844 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2845 @end quotation
2846
2847 @section Types of Reset
2848
2849 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2850 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2851 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2852
2853 @itemize @bullet
2854 @item
2855 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2856 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2857 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2858 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2859 @item
2860 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2861 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2862 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2863 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2864 @item
2865 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2866 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2867 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2868 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2869 @item
2870 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2871 several other types of reset.
2872 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2873 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2874 There may be individual module resets.
2875 @end itemize
2876
2877 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2878 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2879 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2880 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2881 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2882 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2883 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2884 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2885 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2886
2887 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2888 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2889
2890 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2891 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2892 common issues are:
2893
2894 @itemize @bullet
2895
2896 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2897 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2898 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2899 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2900 when either of those signals is not connected.
2901 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2902 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2903 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2904 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2905
2906 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2907 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2908 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2909 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2910
2911 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2912 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2913 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2914 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2915 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2916 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2917 hardware debouncing.
2918 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2919 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2920
2921 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2922 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2923 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2924 to use push/pull output drivers.
2925 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2926 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2927 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2928 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2929
2930 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2931 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2932 issues (not limited to errata).
2933 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2934 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2935 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2936 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2937 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2938 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2939 @end itemize
2940
2941 There can also be other issues.
2942 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2943 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2944 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2945 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2946 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2947 Agreement (NDA).
2948
2949 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2950 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2951 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2952
2953 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2954 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2955
2956 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2957
2958 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2959 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2960 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2961 allowing it to be deasserted.
2962 @end deffn
2963
2964 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2965 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2966 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2967 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2968 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2969 @end deffn
2970
2971 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2972 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2973 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2974 allowing it to be deasserted.
2975 @end deffn
2976
2977 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2978 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2979 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2980 @end deffn
2981
2982 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2983 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2984 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2985 configuration scripts.
2986
2987 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2988 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2989 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2990 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2991 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2992 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2993 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2994 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2995
2996 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2997 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2998 @var{gates},
2999 @var{trst_type},
3000 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
3001 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3002 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3003 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3004 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3005 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3006
3007 @itemize
3008 @item
3009 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3010 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3011 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3012 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3013 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3014
3015 @quotation Tip
3016 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3017 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3018 @end quotation
3019
3020 @item
3021 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3022 signal implementations.
3023 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3024 indicating everything behaves normally.
3025 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3026 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3027 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3028 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3029 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3030 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3031 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3032
3033 @item
3034 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3035 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3036 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3037 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3038 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3039 while SRST is asserted.
3040 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3041 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3042 @end itemize
3043
3044 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3045 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3046 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3047 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3048 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3049
3050 @itemize
3051 @item
3052 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3053 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3054 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3055 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3056
3057 @item
3058 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3059 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3060 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3061 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3062 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3063 @end itemize
3064 @end deffn
3065
3066 @section Custom Reset Handling
3067 @cindex events
3068
3069 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3070 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3071 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3072 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3073 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3074 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3075
3076 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3077 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3078 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3079 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3080 want to reset everything at once.
3081
3082 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3083 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3084 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3085 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3086 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3087 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3088 needs special attention.
3089
3090 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3091 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3092 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3093 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3094 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3095 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3096 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3097 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3098
3099 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3100 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3101 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3102 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3103 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3104
3105 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3106 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3107 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3108 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3109 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3110 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3111 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3112 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3113 or potentially some other value.
3114
3115 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3116 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3117 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3118 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3119 (or their associated targets)
3120 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3121
3122 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3123 they return.
3124 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3125 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3126 @end deffn
3127
3128 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3129 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3130 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3131 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3132 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3133 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3134 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3135 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3136 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3137 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3138 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3139 @end deffn
3140
3141 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3142 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3143 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3144 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3145 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3146 @end deffn
3147
3148
3149 @node TAP Declaration
3150 @chapter TAP Declaration
3151 @cindex TAP declaration
3152 @cindex TAP configuration
3153
3154 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3155 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3156
3157 @itemize @bullet
3158 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3159 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3160 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3161 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3162 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3163 start running that code.
3164 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3165 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3166 and missing connections
3167 @end itemize
3168
3169 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3170 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3171 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3172 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3173 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3174
3175 @section Scan Chains
3176 @cindex scan chain
3177
3178 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3179 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3180 They also need to be added to
3181 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3182 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3183 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3184 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3185 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3186 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3187 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3188 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3189
3190 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3191 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3192 command, presented in the next chapter.
3193 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3194 debugging targets.)
3195 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3196
3197 @verbatim
3198 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3199 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3200 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3201 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3202 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3203 @end verbatim
3204
3205 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3206 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3207 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3208 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3209 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3210 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3211 until they are told to do so.
3212
3213 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3214 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3215 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3216 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3217
3218 @example
3219 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3220 @end example
3221
3222 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3223 by a given chip.
3224 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3225 and so forth.
3226 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3227 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3228 a single chip and between them.
3229 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3230
3231 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3232 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3233 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3234 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3235 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3236 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3237 includes commands something like this:
3238
3239 @example
3240 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3241 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3242 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3243 @end example
3244
3245 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3246 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3247 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3248
3249 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3250 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3251 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3252 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3253 @example
3254 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3255 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3256 @}
3257 @end example
3258 @end deffn
3259
3260 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3261 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3262 and their status.
3263 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3264 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3265 but systems with a JTAG router can
3266 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3267 @end deffn
3268
3269 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3270 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3271
3272 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3273 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3274
3275 @section TAP Names
3276 @cindex dotted name
3277
3278 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3279 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3280 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3281 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3282 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3283 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3284 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3285 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3286
3287 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3288 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3289 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3290
3291 @quotation Tip
3292 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3293 This feature is still present.
3294 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3295 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3296 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3297 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3298 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3299 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3300 @end quotation
3301
3302 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3303
3304 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3305 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3306 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3307 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3308 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3309
3310 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3311 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3312 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3313 overridable.
3314
3315 @cindex TAP naming convention
3316 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3317 and should follow this convention:
3318
3319 @itemize @bullet
3320 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3321 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3322 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3323 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3324 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3325 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3326 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3327 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3328 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3329 with a single TAP;
3330 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3331 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3332 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3333 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3334 @end itemize
3335
3336 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3337
3338 @itemize @bullet
3339 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3340 @*The length in bits of the
3341 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3342 @end itemize
3343
3344 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3345
3346 @itemize @bullet
3347 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3348 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3349 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3350 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3351 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3352 (the TAP is linked in).
3353 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3354 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3355 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3356 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3357 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3358 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3359 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3360 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3361 values that were found but not included in the list.
3362
3363 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3364 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3365 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3366 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3367 hardware to find these values.
3368 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3369 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3370 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3371 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3372 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3373 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3374 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3375 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3376 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3377 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3378 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3379 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3380 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3381 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3382 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3383 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3384 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3385 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3386 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3387 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3388 @end itemize
3389 @end deffn
3390
3391 @section Other TAP commands
3392
3393 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3394 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3395 At this writing this TAP attribute
3396 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3397 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3398 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3399 See the next section for information about the available events.
3400
3401 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3402 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3403 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3404 @end deffn
3405
3406 @anchor{TAP Events}
3407 @section TAP Events
3408 @cindex events
3409 @cindex TAP events
3410
3411 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3412 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3413 The other applies to debugger targets,
3414 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3415
3416 The TAP events currently defined are:
3417
3418 @itemize @bullet
3419 @item @b{post-reset}
3420 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3421 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3422 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3423 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3424 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3425
3426 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3427 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3428 of any particular target.
3429 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3430 @item @b{setup}
3431 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3432 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3433 @item @b{tap-disable}
3434 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3435 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3436 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3437 @item @b{tap-enable}
3438 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3439 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3440 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3441 @end itemize
3442
3443 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3444 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3445 contents to be accurate), you might:
3446
3447 @example
3448 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3449 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3450 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3451 @}
3452 @end example
3453
3454
3455 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3456 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3457 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3458 @cindex jrc
3459
3460 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3461 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3462 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3463 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3464 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3465
3466 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3467 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3468 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3469 be visible.
3470 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3471 ignores, such as:
3472
3473 @itemize
3474 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3475 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3476 TAPs receive new instructions.
3477 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3478 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3479 @end itemize
3480
3481 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3482 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3483 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3484 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3485
3486 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3487 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3488
3489 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3490 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3491 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3492 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3493 should define TAP event handlers using
3494 code that looks something like this:
3495
3496 @example
3497 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3498 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3499 @}
3500 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3501 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3502 @}
3503 @end example
3504
3505 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3506
3507 @example
3508 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3509 @end example
3510
3511 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3512 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3513 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3514 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3515
3516 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3517 If necessary, disables the tap
3518 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3519 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3520 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3521 and "0" if it is disabled.
3522 @end deffn
3523
3524 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3525 If necessary, enables the tap
3526 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3527 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3528 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3529 and "0" if it is disabled.
3530 @end deffn
3531
3532 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3533 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3534 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3535 and "0" if it is disabled.
3536
3537 @quotation Note
3538 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3539 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3540 @end quotation
3541 @end deffn
3542
3543 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3544 @section Autoprobing
3545 @cindex autoprobe
3546 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3547
3548 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3549 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3550 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3551 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3552
3553 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3554 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3555 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3556 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3557 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3558 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3559 right when they come out of reset).
3560
3561 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3562
3563 @example
3564 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3565 reset_config trst_and_srst
3566 jtag_rclk 8
3567 @end example
3568
3569 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3570 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3571
3572 @enumerate
3573 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3574 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3575 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3576 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3577 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3578 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3579 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3580 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3581 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3582 that is discovered.
3583 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3584 register, it will report it.
3585 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3586 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3587 @end enumerate
3588
3589 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3590 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3591 that's a bit more complex:
3592
3593 @example
3594 clock speed 8 kHz
3595 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3596 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3597 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3598 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3599 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3600 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3601 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3602 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3603 @end example
3604
3605 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3606 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3607 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3608 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3609 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3610 and so forth.
3611
3612 @node CPU Configuration
3613 @chapter CPU Configuration
3614 @cindex GDB target
3615
3616 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3617 You can also access these targets without GDB
3618 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3619 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3620 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3621 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3622
3623 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3624 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3625
3626 @section Target List
3627 @cindex target, current
3628 @cindex target, list
3629
3630 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3631 where each member has a name.
3632 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3633 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3634 (plural!) command.
3635 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3636 look like with more than one:
3637 @verbatim
3638 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3639 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3640 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3641 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3642 @end verbatim
3643
3644 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3645 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3646 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3647 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3648 space seen by that current target.
3649 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3650 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3651 are examples; and there are many more.
3652
3653 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3654
3655 @deffn Command {target count}
3656 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3657 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3658 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3659
3660 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3661 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3662 @example
3663 set c [target count]
3664 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3665 # Assuming you have created this function
3666 print_target_details $x
3667 @}
3668 @end example
3669 @end deffn
3670
3671 @deffn Command {target current}
3672 Returns the name of the current target.
3673 @end deffn
3674
3675 @deffn Command {target names}
3676 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3677 @example
3678 foreach t [target names] @{
3679 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3680 @}
3681 @end example
3682 @end deffn
3683
3684 @deffn Command {target number} number
3685 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3686 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3687
3688 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3689 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3690 @example
3691 set thename [target number $x]
3692 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3693 @end example
3694 @end deffn
3695
3696 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3697 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3698
3699 @deffn Command targets [name]
3700 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3701 command names are singular.}
3702
3703 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3704 targets in a user friendly form.
3705
3706 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3707 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3708 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3709 @end deffn
3710
3711 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3712 @cindex target type
3713 @cindex CPU type
3714 @cindex CPU variant
3715
3716 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3717 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3718 when calling @command{target create}.
3719 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3720 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3721 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3722 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3723 what core-specific commands may be available
3724 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3725 and more.
3726
3727 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3728 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3729 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3730 worked around in some chip versions.
3731
3732 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3733 since there's a command to list them.
3734 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3735 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3736
3737 @anchor{target types}
3738 @deffn Command {target types}
3739 Lists all supported target types.
3740 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3741
3742 @itemize @bullet
3743 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3744 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3745 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3746 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3747 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3748 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3749 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3750 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3751 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3752 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3753 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3754 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3755 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3756 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3757 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3758 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3759 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3760 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3761 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3762 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3763 There are several variants defined:
3764 @itemize @minus
3765 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3766 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3767 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3768 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3769 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3770 @end itemize
3771 @end itemize
3772 @end deffn
3773
3774 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3775 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3776 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3777 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3778 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3779 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3780 reflect design generations;
3781 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3782 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3783
3784 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3785 @section Target Configuration
3786
3787 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3788 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3789 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3790 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3791 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3792
3793 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3794 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3795 optional parts.
3796 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3797 command, created as part of target creation.
3798
3799 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3800 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3801 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3802 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3803 to be much more board-specific.
3804 The key steps you use might look something like this
3805
3806 @example
3807 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3808 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3809 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3810 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3811 @end example
3812
3813 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3814 on-chip SRAM.
3815 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3816 writes to target memory;
3817 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3818 GDB memory checksumming;
3819 and more.
3820
3821 @quotation Warning
3822 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3823 inaccessible when application code
3824 (such as an operating system)
3825 enables or disables the MMU.
3826 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3827 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3828 easy access to other addresses needed.
3829 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3830 @end quotation
3831
3832 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3833 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3834 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3835 controllers.
3836 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3837 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3838 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3839
3840 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3841 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3842 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3843 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3844 purposes including additional configuration.
3845
3846 @itemize @bullet
3847 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3848 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3849 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3850 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3851
3852 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3853 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3854 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3855 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3856 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3857 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3858 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3859 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3860
3861 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3862 @end itemize
3863 @end deffn
3864
3865 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3866 The options accepted by this command may also be
3867 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3868 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3869 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3870
3871 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3872 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3873 and changing its endianness or variant.
3874
3875 @itemize @bullet
3876
3877 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3878 used to access this target.
3879
3880 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3881 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3882
3883 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3884 @xref{Target Events}.
3885 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3886 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3887 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3888 same event name assigns only one handler.
3889
3890 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3891 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3892
3893 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3894 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3895 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3896 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3897 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3898 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3899 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3900
3901 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3902 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3903 or virtual address is being used.
3904
3905 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3906 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3907
3908 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3909 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3910 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3911 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3912 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3913
3914 @end itemize
3915 @end deffn
3916
3917 @section Other $target_name Commands
3918 @cindex object command
3919
3920 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3921 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3922
3923 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3924 Once a button is created a button
3925 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3926 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3927 configure it like this:
3928
3929 @example
3930 # Create
3931 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3932 # Modify
3933 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3934 # Query
3935 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3936 # Report
3937 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3938 @end example
3939
3940 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3941 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3942
3943 @example
3944 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3945 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3946 @end example
3947
3948 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3949
3950 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3951 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3952 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3953 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3954 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3955 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3956 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3957 They are not otherwise documented here.
3958 @end deffn
3959
3960 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3961 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3962 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3963 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3964 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3965 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3966 the target side uses raw memory.
3967
3968 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3969 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3970 The script orientation comes from working with data
3971 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3972 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3973 and neither store nor return those values.
3974
3975 @itemize
3976 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3977 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3978 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3979 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3980 @end itemize
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3984 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3985 @command{$target_name configure}
3986 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3987 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3988 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3989 There are a few special cases:
3990
3991 @itemize @bullet
3992 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3993 event named @var{event_name}.
3994 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3995 two parameters.
3996 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3997 This is a special case because this is set using
3998 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3999 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4000 @end itemize
4001
4002 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4003 all the targets you might use something like this:
4004
4005 @example
4006 foreach name [target names] @{
4007 set y [$name cget -endian]
4008 set z [$name cget -type]
4009 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4010 $x $name $y $z]
4011 @}
4012 @end example
4013 @end deffn
4014
4015 @anchor{target curstate}
4016 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4017 Displays the current target state:
4018 @code{debug-running},
4019 @code{halted},
4020 @code{reset},
4021 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4022 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4023 @end deffn
4024
4025 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4026 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4027 currently associated with this target.
4028 @xref{Target Events}.
4029 @end deffn
4030
4031 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4032 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4033 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4034 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4035 @end deffn
4036
4037 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4038 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4039 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4040 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4041 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4042 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4043 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4044 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4045 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4049 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4050 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4051 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4052 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4053 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4054 @end deffn
4055
4056 @anchor{Target Events}
4057 @section Target Events
4058 @cindex target events
4059 @cindex events
4060 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4061 For example:
4062 @itemize @bullet
4063 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4064 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4065 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4066 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4067 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4068 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4069 to set up system clocks or
4070 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4071 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4072 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4073 @end itemize
4074
4075 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4076 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4077 @command{target create ... -event}.
4078
4079 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4080 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4081 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4082
4083 @example
4084 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4085 echo "Reset..."
4086 reset halt
4087 @}
4088 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4089 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4090 echo "Reset..."
4091 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4092 reset init
4093 @}
4094 @end example
4095
4096 The following target events are defined:
4097
4098 @itemize @bullet
4099 @item @b{debug-halted}
4100 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4101 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4102 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4103 @item @b{early-halted}
4104 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4105 @ignore
4106 @item @b{examine-end}
4107 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4108 @item @b{examine-start}
4109 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4110 @end ignore
4111 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4112 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4113 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4114 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4115 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4116 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4117 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4118 @* When GDB disconnects
4119 @item @b{gdb-end}
4120 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4121 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4122 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4123 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4124 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4125 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4126 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4127 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4128 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4129 @item @b{gdb-start}
4130 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4131 @item @b{halted}
4132 @* The target has halted
4133 @ignore
4134 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4135 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4136 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4137 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4138 @end ignore
4139 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4140 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4141 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4142 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4143 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4144 @item @b{reset-assert}
4145 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4146 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4147 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4148 it instead of asserting SRST.
4149 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4150 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4151 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4152 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4153 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4154 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4155 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4156 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4157 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4158 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4159 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4160 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4161 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4162 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4163 released on the scan chain.
4164 @item @b{reset-end}
4165 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4166 @ignore
4167 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4168 @* Currently not used
4169 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4170 @* Currently not used
4171 @end ignore
4172 @item @b{reset-init}
4173 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4174 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4175
4176 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4177 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4178 multiplexing, and so on.
4179 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4180 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4181 @item @b{reset-start}
4182 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4183 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4184
4185 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4186 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4187 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4188 @ignore
4189 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4190 @* Currently not used
4191 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4192 @* Currently not used
4193 @end ignore
4194 @item @b{resume-start}
4195 @* Before any target is resumed
4196 @item @b{resume-end}
4197 @* After all targets have resumed
4198 @item @b{resume-ok}
4199 @* Success
4200 @item @b{resumed}
4201 @* Target has resumed
4202 @end itemize
4203
4204
4205 @node Flash Commands
4206 @chapter Flash Commands
4207
4208 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4209 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4210 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4211 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4212 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4213 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4214 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4215 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4216 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4217
4218 Flash Steps:
4219 @enumerate
4220 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4221 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4222 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4223 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4224 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4225 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4226 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4227 @item GDB Flashing
4228 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4229 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4230 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4231 @end enumerate
4232
4233 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4234 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4235 so that it can't boot.
4236 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4237 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4238
4239 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4240 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4241 @cindex flash configuration
4242
4243 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4244 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4245 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4246 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4247 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4248 see the driver-specific documentation.
4249
4250 @itemize @bullet
4251 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4252 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4253 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4254 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4255 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4256 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4257 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4258 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4259 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4260 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4261 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4262 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4263 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4264 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4265 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4266 commands to the flash controller.
4267 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4268 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4269 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4270 for more information.
4271 @end itemize
4272 @quotation Note
4273 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4274 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4275 @end quotation
4276 @end deffn
4277
4278 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4279 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4280 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4281 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4282 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4283 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4284 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4285 @end deffn
4286
4287 @deffn Command {flash list}
4288 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4289 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4290 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4291 @end deffn
4292
4293 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4294 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4295 depends on the flash type.
4296 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4297 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4298 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4299 but most don't bother.
4300 @end deffn
4301
4302 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4303 @cindex flash erasing
4304 @cindex flash reading
4305 @cindex flash writing
4306 @cindex flash programming
4307
4308 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4309 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4310 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4311 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4312 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4313
4314 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4315 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4316 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4317 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4318 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4319
4320 @quotation Note
4321 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4322 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4323 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4324 back to a flash bank.
4325 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4326 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4327 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4328 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4329 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4330 @end quotation
4331
4332 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4333 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4334 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4335 disabled first.
4336 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4337 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4338 @xref{flash protect}.
4339
4340 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4341 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4342 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4343 up to and including @var{last}.
4344 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4345 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4346 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4347 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4348 @end deffn
4349
4350 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4351 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4352 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4353 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4354 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4355 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4356 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4357 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4358 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4359 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4360 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4361 before erase starts.
4362 @end deffn
4363
4364 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4365 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4366 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4367 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4368 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4369 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4370 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4371 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4372 before issuing this command.
4373 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4374 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4375 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4376 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4377 @end deffn
4378 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4379
4380 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4381 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4382 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4383 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4384 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4385 @end deffn
4386
4387 @anchor{flash write_image}
4388 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4389 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4390 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4391 to the base address for each section in the image.
4392 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4393 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4394 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4395 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4396 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4397 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4398 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4399 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4400 each image section.
4401
4402 @quotation Warning
4403 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4404 data you want to preserve.
4405 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4406 sections might be erased with no notice.
4407 @itemize
4408 @item
4409 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4410 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4411 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4412 @item
4413 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4414 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4415 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4416 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4417 @end itemize
4418 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4419 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4420 @end quotation
4421
4422 @end deffn
4423
4424 @section Other Flash commands
4425 @cindex flash protection
4426
4427 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4428 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4429 and display that status.
4430 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4431 @end deffn
4432
4433 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4434 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4435 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4436 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4437 and possibly stale information.
4438 @end deffn
4439
4440 @anchor{flash protect}
4441 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4442 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4443 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4444 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4445 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4446 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4447 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4448 @end deffn
4449
4450 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4451 @section Flash Driver List
4452 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4453 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4454 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4455
4456 @subsection External Flash
4457
4458 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4459 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4460 @cindex CFI
4461 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4462 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4463 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4464 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4465 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4466 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4467 configure a bus and its timings), or
4468 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4469 on the flash chip.
4470 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4471 speed up operation.
4472
4473 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4474
4475 @itemize
4476 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4477 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4478 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4479 @end itemize
4480
4481 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4482 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4483
4484 @example
4485 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4486 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4487 @end example
4488
4489 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4490 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4491 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4492
4493 @example
4494 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4495 @end example
4496
4497 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4501 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4502 @cindex SMI
4503 @cindex stmsmi
4504 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4505 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4506 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4507 SPI flash devices.
4508 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4509 flash devices can be connected.
4510
4511 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4512 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4513 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4514 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4515 the flash content.
4516
4517 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4518 to identify the memory bank.
4519 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4520 flash size, are detected automatically.
4521
4522 @example
4523 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4524 @end example
4525
4526 @end deffn
4527
4528 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4529
4530 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4531 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4532 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4533 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4534 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4535 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4536
4537 @example
4538 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4539 @end example
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4543 @cindex at91sam3
4544 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4545 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4546 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4547 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4548 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4549 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4550 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4551 chips are confirmed.}
4552
4553 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4554 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4555 the following fixed locations:
4556
4557 @example
4558 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4559 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4560 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4561 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4562 @end example
4563
4564 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4565 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4566 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4567
4568 @itemize
4569 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4570 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4571 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4572 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4573 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4574 @end itemize
4575
4576 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4577
4578 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4579 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4580 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4581 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4582 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4583 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4584 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4585
4586 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4587 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4588 @end deffn
4589
4590 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4591 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4592 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4593 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4594 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4595 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4596 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4597 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4598 @end deffn
4599
4600 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4601 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4602 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4603 @end deffn
4604 @end deffn
4605
4606 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4607 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4608 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4609 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4610 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4611
4612 @example
4613 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4614 @end example
4615
4616 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4617 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4618
4619 @itemize
4620 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4621 @item @var{banks}
4622 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4623 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4624 @item @var{pages_size}
4625 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4626 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4627 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4628 @end itemize
4629
4630 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4631 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4632 will be autoconfigured.
4633 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4634
4635 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4636 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4637 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4638 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4639 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4640
4641 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4642 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4643 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4644 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4645 are not truly general purpose).
4646 @quotation Note
4647 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4648 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4649 @end quotation
4650 @end deffn
4651 @end deffn
4652
4653 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4654 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4655 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4656 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4657 @end deffn
4658
4659 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4660 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4661 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4662
4663 @quotation Note
4664 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4665 driver:
4666 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4667 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4668 @end quotation
4669
4670 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4671 which must appear in the following order:
4672
4673 @itemize
4674 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4675 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4676 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4677 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4678 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4679 at which the core is running
4680 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4681 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4682 @quotation Note
4683 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4684 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4685 However, if you do provide it,
4686 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4687 @end quotation
4688 @end itemize
4689
4690 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4691
4692 @example
4693 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4694 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4695 @end example
4696
4697 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4698 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4699 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4700 @end deffn
4701 @end deffn
4702
4703 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4704 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4705 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4706 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4707 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4708 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4709
4710 @example
4711 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4712 @end example
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4716 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4717 from NXP.
4718
4719 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4720 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4721 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4722 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4723 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4724 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4725 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4726 you start the PLL.
4727
4728 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4729
4730 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4731 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4732 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4733
4734 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4735 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4736 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4737 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4738 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4739 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4740 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4741
4742 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4743 @example
4744 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4745 @end example
4746
4747 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4748 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4749 @code{flash banks} command.
4750
4751 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4752 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4753 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4754 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4755 a known signature.
4756 Example:
4757 @example
4758 lpc2900 signature 0
4759 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4760 @end example
4761 @end deffn
4762
4763 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4764 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4765 saves it to a file in binary format.
4766 Example:
4767 @example
4768 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4769 @end example
4770 @end deffn
4771
4772 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4773 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4774 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4775 command:
4776
4777 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4778 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4779 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4780 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4781
4782 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4783 Example:
4784 @example
4785 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4786 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4787 @end example
4788 @end deffn
4789
4790 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4791 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4792 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4793 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4794 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4795 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4796 912 bytes.
4797 @quotation Attention
4798 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4799 @end quotation
4800 Example:
4801 @example
4802 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4803 @end example
4804 @end deffn
4805
4806 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4807 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4808 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4809 after the next power cycle.
4810 @quotation Attention
4811 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4812 @end quotation
4813 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4814 Example:
4815 @example
4816 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4817 flash info 0
4818 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4819 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4820 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4821 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4822 @end example
4823 @end deffn
4824
4825 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4826 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4827 effective after the next power cycle.
4828 @quotation Attention
4829 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4830 @end quotation
4831 Examples:
4832 @example
4833 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4834 @end example
4835 @end deffn
4836 @end deffn
4837
4838 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4839 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4840
4841 @example
4842 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4843 @end example
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4847 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4848 and integrate flash memory.
4849
4850 @example
4851 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4852 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4853 @end example
4854
4855 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4856 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4857 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4858 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4859 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4860 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4861 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4862 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4863 @end deffn
4864 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4865 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4866 This will remove any Code Protection.
4867 @end deffn
4868 @end deffn
4869
4870 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4871 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4872 Texas Instruments
4873 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4874 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4875 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4876 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4877 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4878 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4879
4880 @example
4881 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4882 @end example
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4886 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4887 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4888 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4889 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4890 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4891
4892 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4893 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4894 @quotation Warning
4895 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4896 applied to all of them.
4897 @end quotation
4898 @end deffn
4899
4900 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4901 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4902 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4903 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4904 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4905
4906 @example
4907 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4908 @end example
4909
4910 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
4911 as per the following example.
4912 @example
4913 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4914 @end example
4915
4916 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4917 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4918 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4919 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4920 are defined:
4921
4922 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4923 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4924 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4928 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4929 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4930 @end deffn
4931
4932 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4933 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4934 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4935 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4936 @end deffn
4937
4938 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4939 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4940 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4941 @end deffn
4942 @end deffn
4943
4944 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4945 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4946 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4947 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4948 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4952 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4953 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4954 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4955 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4956
4957 @example
4958 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4959 @end example
4960
4961 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4962 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4963 for the specified flash bank.
4964 @end deffn
4965 @end deffn
4966
4967 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4968 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4969 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4970 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4971 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4972
4973 @example
4974 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4975 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4976 @end example
4977
4978 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4979 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4980 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4981
4982 @itemize @bullet
4983 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4984 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4985 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4986 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4987 @end itemize
4988 @end deffn
4989
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4993 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4994 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4995 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4996
4997 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4998
4999 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5000 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5001 @end deffn
5002
5003 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5004 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5005 @end deffn
5006
5007 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5008 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5009 the flash clock.
5010 @end deffn
5011 @end deffn
5012
5013 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5014 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5015 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5016
5017 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5018
5019 @itemize
5020 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5021 @end itemize
5022
5023 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5024 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5025 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5026 @example
5027 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5028 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5029 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5030 @end example
5031 @end deffn
5032
5033 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5034 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5035 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5036 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5037 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5038 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5039 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5040
5041 @example
5042 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5043 @end example
5044 @end deffn
5045
5046 @subsection str9xpec driver
5047 @cindex str9xpec
5048
5049 Here is some background info to help
5050 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5051 the str9:
5052 @enumerate
5053 @item
5054 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5055 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5056 @item
5057 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5058 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5059 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5060 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5061 @end enumerate
5062
5063 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5064 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5065 configured for flash bank 0.
5066 @example
5067 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5068 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5069 jtag_reset 0 1
5070 # turn off target polling
5071 poll off
5072 # disable str9 core
5073 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5074 # read option bytes
5075 str9xpec options_read 0
5076 # re-enable str9 core
5077 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5078 poll on
5079 reset halt
5080 @end example
5081 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5082 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5083 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5084 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5085
5086 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5087 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5088 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5089 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5090 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5091
5092 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5093
5094 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5095 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5099 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5100 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5101 @end deffn
5102
5103 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5104 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5105 erase the device.
5106 @end deffn
5107
5108 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5109 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5110 @end deffn
5111
5112 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5113 Configure str9 boot bank.
5114 @end deffn
5115
5116 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5117 Configure str9 lvd source.
5118 @end deffn
5119
5120 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5121 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5122 @end deffn
5123
5124 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5125 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5126 @end deffn
5127
5128 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5129 Read str9 option bytes.
5130 @end deffn
5131
5132 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5133 Write str9 option bytes.
5134 @end deffn
5135
5136 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5137 unlock str9 device.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @end deffn
5141
5142
5143 @section mFlash
5144
5145 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5146 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5147
5148 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5149 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5150 address @var{base}.
5151 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5152 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5153
5154 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5155
5156 @example
5157 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5158 @end example
5159
5160 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5161
5162 @example
5163 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5164 @end example
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 @subsection mFlash commands
5168 @cindex mFlash commands
5169
5170 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5171 Configure mflash PLL.
5172 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5173 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5174 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5175 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5179 Configure bootable option.
5180 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5181 (4kB) for boot.
5182 @end deffn
5183
5184 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5185 Configure storage information.
5186 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5187 written.
5188 @end deffn
5189
5190 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5191 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5192 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5193 @end deffn
5194
5195 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5196 Probe mflash.
5197 @end deffn
5198
5199 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5200 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5201 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @node NAND Flash Commands
5205 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5206 @cindex NAND
5207
5208 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5209 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5210 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5211
5212 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5213 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5214 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5215 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5216 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5217 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5218
5219 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5220 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5221 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5222 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5223 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5224 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5225 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5226 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5227 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5228 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5229
5230 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5231 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5232 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5233 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5234 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5235 every 512 bytes of data.
5236
5237 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5238 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5239 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5240 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5241 ECC mode is used.
5242
5243 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5244 @enumerate
5245 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5246 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5247 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5248 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5249 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5250 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5251 to access that device.
5252 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5253 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5254 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5255 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5256 de-brick a board.
5257 @end enumerate
5258
5259 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5260 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5261 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5262 are only 32 bits wide.
5263 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5264 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5265 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5266 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5267
5268 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5269 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5270 @cindex NAND configuration
5271
5272 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5273 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5274 OpenOCD has initialized.
5275
5276 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5277 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5278 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5279 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5280 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5281 they were a single (larger) device.
5282 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5283 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5284
5285 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5286 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5287 configuration files, not interactively.
5288
5289 @itemize @bullet
5290 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5291 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5292 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5293 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5294 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5295 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5296 commands to the NAND controller.
5297 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5298 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5299 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5300 for more information.
5301 @end itemize
5302 @end deffn
5303
5304 @deffn Command {nand list}
5305 Prints a summary of each device declared
5306 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5307 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5308 @example
5309 > nand list
5310 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5311 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5312 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5313 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5314 >
5315 @end example
5316 @end deffn
5317
5318 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5319 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5320 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5321 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5322 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5323 it with most other NAND commands.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5327
5328 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5329 @cindex NAND reading
5330 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5331 starting at the specified offset.
5332 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5333
5334 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5335 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5336
5337 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5338 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5339 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5340
5341 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5342 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5343 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5344 method which handled that error correction.
5345
5346 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5347 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5348 @itemize @bullet
5349 @item no oob_* parameter
5350 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5351 @item @code{oob_raw}
5352 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5353 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5354 spare areas associated with each data page.
5355 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5356 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5357 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5358 @item @code{oob_only}
5359 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5360 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5361 spare areas associated with each data page.
5362 @end itemize
5363 @end deffn
5364
5365 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5366 @cindex NAND erasing
5367 @cindex NAND programming
5368 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5369 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5370 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5371 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5372 If those parameters are not specified,
5373 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5374 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5375
5376 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5377 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5378 block marker.
5379 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5380 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5381 @end deffn
5382
5383 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5384 @cindex NAND writing
5385 @cindex NAND programming
5386 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5387 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5388 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5389 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5390
5391 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5392 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5393
5394 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5395 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5396 past the end of the device.
5397 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5398 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5399 if that's being written.)
5400
5401 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5402 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5403 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5404
5405 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5406 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5407 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5408 @itemize @bullet
5409 @item no oob_* parameter
5410 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5411 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5412 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5413 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5414 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5415 @item @code{oob_only}
5416 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5417 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5418 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5419 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5420 @item @code{oob_raw}
5421 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5422 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5423 un-altered OOB.
5424 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5425 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5426 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5427 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5428 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5429 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5430 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5431 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5432 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5433 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5434 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5435 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5436 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5437 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5438 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5439 @end itemize
5440 @end deffn
5441
5442 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5443 @cindex NAND verification
5444 @cindex NAND programming
5445 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5446 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5447 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5448
5449 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5450 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5451
5452 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5453 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5454 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5455 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5456 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5457
5458 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5459 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5460 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5461
5462 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5463 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5464 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5465 be removed in a future release.
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @section Other NAND commands
5469 @cindex NAND other commands
5470
5471 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5472 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5473 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5474 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5475 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5476 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5477 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5478 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5479
5480 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5481 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5482 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5486 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5487 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5488 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5489 status for each block.
5490 @end deffn
5491
5492 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5493 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5494 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5495
5496 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5497 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5498 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5499 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5500 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5501
5502 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5503 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5504 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5505 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5506 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5507 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5508 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5509 @end deffn
5510
5511 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5512 @section NAND Driver List
5513 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5514 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5515 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5516
5517 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5518 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5519 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5520 address of the ECC controller.
5521 @example
5522 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5523 @end example
5524 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5525 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5526 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5527 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5528 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5529 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5530 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5531 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5532 @end deffn
5533 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5534 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5535 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5539 properly configured for input or output.
5540 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5541 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5542 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5543 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5544 @end deffn
5545 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5546 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5547 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5548 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5549 @end deffn
5550 @end deffn
5551
5552 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5553 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5554 chips from Texas Instruments.
5555 It takes three extra parameters:
5556 address of the NAND chip;
5557 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5558 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5559 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5560 @example
5561 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5562 @end example
5563 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5564 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5565 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5566 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5567 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5568 @end deffn
5569
5570 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5571 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5572 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5573 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5574 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5575 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5576 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5577 @end deffn
5578
5579 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5580 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5581 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5582 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5583 @end deffn
5584 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5585
5586 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5587 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5588 should work for this chip aswell.
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5592 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5593 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5594 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5595 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5596 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5597 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5598 @example
5599 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5600 @end example
5601 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5602 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5603 without parameter query status.
5604 @end deffn
5605 @end deffn
5606
5607 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5608 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5609 parameter: the address of the controller.
5610 @example
5611 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5612 @end example
5613 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5614 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5615 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5616 change any behavior.
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5620 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5621 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5622 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5623 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5624 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5625 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5626 specialized commands.
5627 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5628 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5629 change any behavior.
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5633 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5634 @cindex PLD
5635 @cindex FPGA
5636
5637 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5638 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5639 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5640 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5641 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5642 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5643 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5644
5645 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5646
5647 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5648 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5649 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5650
5651 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5652 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5653
5654 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5655 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5656 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5657 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5658 behavior.
5659 @end deffn
5660
5661 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5662 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5663 @end deffn
5664
5665 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5666 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5667 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5668 @end deffn
5669
5670 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5671
5672 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5673 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5674 that particular type of PLD.
5675
5676 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5677 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5678 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5679 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5680 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5681
5682 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5683 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5684 for FPGA @var{num}.
5685 @end deffn
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @node General Commands
5689 @chapter General Commands
5690 @cindex commands
5691
5692 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5693 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5694 commands are documented elsewhere.
5695
5696 Intent:
5697 @itemize @bullet
5698 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5699 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5700 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5701 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5702
5703 @item @b{From the human}
5704 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5705 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5706
5707 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5708 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5709 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5710
5711 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5712 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5713 port is 5555.
5714 @end itemize
5715
5716
5717 @section Daemon Commands
5718
5719 @deffn {Command} exit
5720 Exits the current telnet session.
5721 @end deffn
5722
5723 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5724 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5725 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5726 Not every command provides helptext.
5727
5728 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5729 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5730 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5731 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5735 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5736 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5737 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5738 Useful in connection with script files
5739 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5740 @end deffn
5741
5742 @deffn Command shutdown
5743 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5744 @end deffn
5745
5746 @anchor{debug_level}
5747 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5748 @cindex message level
5749 Display debug level.
5750 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5751 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5752 Level 0 is error messages only;
5753 level 1 adds warnings;
5754 level 2 adds informational messages;
5755 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5756 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5757 the command line along with the location of that log
5758 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5759 @xref{Running}.
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5763 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5764 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5765 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5766 @example
5767 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5768 @end example
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5772 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5773 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5774 @end deffn
5775
5776 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5777 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5778 @end deffn
5779
5780 @anchor{Target State handling}
5781 @section Target State handling
5782 @cindex reset
5783 @cindex halt
5784 @cindex target initialization
5785
5786 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5787 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5788 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5789 a current target which is used to perform the
5790 various operations. The current target may be changed
5791 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5792 target which should become current.
5793
5794 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5795 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5796 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5797 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5798 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5799
5800 @emph{With no arguments}:
5801 list all available registers for the current target,
5802 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5803 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5804 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5805 are flagged as such.
5806
5807 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5808
5809 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5810 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5811 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5812 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5813 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5814 relevant module will flush such values.
5815
5816 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5817 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5818
5819 @example
5820 > reg
5821 ===== ARM registers
5822 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5823 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5824 (2) r2 (/32)
5825 ...
5826 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5827 >
5828 @end example
5829 @end deffn
5830
5831 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5832 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5833 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5834 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5835 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5836 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5837 (and enter debug mode).
5838 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5839
5840 @quotation Warning
5841 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5842 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5843 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5844 power mode by gating the core clock;
5845 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5846
5847 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5848 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5849 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5850 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5851 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5852 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5853
5854 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5855 work with a JTAG debugger.
5856 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5857 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5858 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5859 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5860 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5861 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5862 @end quotation
5863
5864 @end deffn
5865
5866 @deffn Command resume [address]
5867 Resume the target at its current code position,
5868 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5869 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5870 @end deffn
5871
5872 @deffn Command step [address]
5873 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5874 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5875 @end deffn
5876
5877 @anchor{Reset Command}
5878 @deffn Command reset
5879 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5880 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5881 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5882 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5883 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5884 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5885
5886 The optional parameter specifies what should
5887 happen after the reset.
5888 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5889 The other options will not work on all systems.
5890 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5891
5892 @itemize @minus
5893 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5894 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5895 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5896 @end itemize
5897 @end deffn
5898
5899 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5900 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5901 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5902 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5903 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5904 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5905 state.
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @section I/O Utilities
5909
5910 These commands are available when
5911 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5912 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5913 notably the ZY1000.
5914 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5915
5916 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5917
5918 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5919 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5920 the text file @file{filename}.
5921 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5922 The last string is followed by a newline.
5923 @end deffn
5924
5925 @deffn Command cat filename
5926 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5927 @end deffn
5928
5929 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5930 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5931 into @file{dest_filename}.
5932 @end deffn
5933
5934 @deffn Command ip
5935 @emph{No description provided.}
5936 @end deffn
5937
5938 @deffn Command ls
5939 @emph{No description provided.}
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @deffn Command mac
5943 @emph{No description provided.}
5944 @end deffn
5945
5946 @deffn Command meminfo
5947 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5948 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5949 @end deffn
5950
5951 @deffn Command peek
5952 @emph{No description provided.}
5953 @end deffn
5954
5955 @deffn Command poke
5956 @emph{No description provided.}
5957 @end deffn
5958
5959 @deffn Command rm filename
5960 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5961 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5962 @end deffn
5963
5964 @deffn Command trunc filename
5965 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5966 @end deffn
5967
5968 @anchor{Memory access}
5969 @section Memory access commands
5970 @cindex memory access
5971
5972 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5973 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5974 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5975 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5976
5977 @enumerate
5978 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5979 to change the current target.
5980 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5981 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5982 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5983 @end enumerate
5984
5985 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5986 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5987 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5988 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5989 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5990 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5991 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5992 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5993 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5994 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5995 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5996 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5997 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5998 @end deffn
5999
6000 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6001 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6002 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6003 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6004 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6005 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6006 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6007 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6008 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6009 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6010 @end deffn
6011
6012
6013 @anchor{Image access}
6014 @section Image loading commands
6015 @cindex image loading
6016 @cindex image dumping
6017
6018 @anchor{dump_image}
6019 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6020 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6021 binary file named @var{filename}.
6022 @end deffn
6023
6024 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6025 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6026 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6030 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6031 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6032 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6033 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6034 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6035 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6036 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6037 separately.
6038 @end deffn
6039
6040 @anchor{load_image}
6041 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6042 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6043 The file format may optionally be specified
6044 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6045 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6046 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6047 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6048 @example
6049 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6050 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6051 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6052 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6053 @}
6054 @end example
6055 @end deffn
6056
6057 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6058 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6059 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6060 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6061 The file format may optionally be specified
6062 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6063 @end deffn
6064
6065 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6066 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6067 The file format may optionally be specified
6068 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6069 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072
6073 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6074 @cindex breakpoint
6075 @cindex watchpoint
6076
6077 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6078 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6079 watchpoints.
6080 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6081
6082 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6083 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6084 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6085 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6086 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6087 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6088
6089 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6090 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6091 @end deffn
6092
6093 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6094 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6095 @end deffn
6096
6097 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6098 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6099 @end deffn
6100
6101 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6102 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6103 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6104 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6105 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6106 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6107 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6108 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6109 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6110 @end deffn
6111
6112 @section Misc Commands
6113
6114 @cindex profiling
6115 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6116 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6117 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6118 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @deffn Command {version}
6122 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6123 @end deffn
6124
6125 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6126 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6127 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6131 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6132 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6133 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6134
6135 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6136 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6137 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6138 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6139
6140 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6141 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6142 @cindex tracing
6143 @cindex ETM
6144 @cindex ETB
6145
6146 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6147 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6148 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6149
6150 @itemize
6151 @item
6152 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6153 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6154 supports such an interface.
6155 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6156 and trace port support.)
6157 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6158 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6159 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6160 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6161 in the board-specific configuration file.
6162 @item
6163 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6164 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6165 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6166 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6167 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6168 @end itemize
6169
6170 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6171
6172 @quotation Issues
6173 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6174 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6175
6176 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6177 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6178 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6179 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6180 dummy trace port driver}.
6181
6182 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6183 as well as tracing only during specific states
6184 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6185
6186 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6187 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6188 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6189 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6190 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6191
6192 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6193 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6194 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6195 this original style of JTAG access.
6196 @end quotation
6197
6198 @subsection ETM Configuration
6199 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6200
6201 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6202 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6203 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6204
6205 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6206 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6207 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6208 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6209 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6210 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6211 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6212 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6213 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6214
6215 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6216 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6217 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6218
6219 @quotation Warning
6220 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6221 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6222 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6223 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6224 @end quotation
6225
6226 @quotation Note
6227 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6228 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6229 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6230 what CPU activities are traced.
6231 @end quotation
6232 @end deffn
6233
6234 @deffn Command {etm info}
6235 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6236 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6237 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6238 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6239 @end deffn
6240
6241 @deffn Command {etm status}
6242 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6243 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6244 Did trace data overflow?
6245 Was it triggered?
6246 @end deffn
6247
6248 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6249 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6250 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6251 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6252 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6253
6254 @itemize
6255 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6256 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6257 The value is one of
6258 @option{none} (save nothing),
6259 @option{data} (save data),
6260 @option{address} (save addresses),
6261 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6262 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6263 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6264 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6265 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6266 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6267 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6268 trace stream without an image of the code.
6269 @end itemize
6270 @end deffn
6271
6272 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6273 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6274 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6275 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6276 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6277
6278 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6279 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6280 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6281 @end deffn
6282
6283 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6284
6285 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6286 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6287 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6288
6289 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6290 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6291 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6292 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6293 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6294 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6295 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6296
6297 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6298
6299 @itemize
6300 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6301 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6302 for instruction access within that function's body.
6303 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6304 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6305 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6306 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6307 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6308 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6309 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6310 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6311 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6312 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6313 @item @emph{... more}
6314 @end itemize
6315
6316 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6317 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6318
6319 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6320 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6321 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6322 @end deffn
6323
6324 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6325 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6326 @end deffn
6327
6328 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6329 Opens an image file.
6330 @end deffn
6331
6332 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6333 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6334 @end deffn
6335
6336 @deffn Command {etm start}
6337 Starts trace data collection.
6338 @end deffn
6339
6340 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6341 Stops trace data collection.
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6345 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6346
6347 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6348
6349 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6350 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6351 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6352 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6353 any trace data collection.}
6354 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6355 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6356 @end deffn
6357 @end deffn
6358
6359 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6360 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6361 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6362 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6363 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6364 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6365 @end deffn
6366 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6367 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6368 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6369 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6370 trace trigger becomes active.
6371
6372 @itemize
6373 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6374 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6375 afterwards.
6376 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6377 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6378 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6379 what caused that event to happen.
6380 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6381 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6382 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6383 how the event caused trouble.
6384 @end itemize
6385 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6386 @end deffn
6387
6388 @end deffn
6389
6390 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6391 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6392 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6393 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6394 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6395
6396 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6397 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6398
6399 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6400 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6401 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6402 @end deffn
6403
6404 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6405 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6406 @end deffn
6407
6408 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6409 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6410 @end deffn
6411 @end deffn
6412
6413
6414 @section Generic ARM
6415 @cindex ARM
6416
6417 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6418 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6419 commands that may be available.
6420
6421 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6422 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6423 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6424 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6425 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6426 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6427 @end deffn
6428
6429 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6430 @cindex disassemble
6431 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6432 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6433 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6434 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6435 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6436 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6437 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6438
6439 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6440 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6441 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6442 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6443 with a handful of exceptions.
6444 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6445 @end deffn
6446
6447 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6448 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6449 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6450 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6451 and using the MCR instruction.
6452 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6453 an ARM register.)
6454 @end deffn
6455
6456 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6457 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6458 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6459 and the MRC instruction.
6460 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6461 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6462 an ARM register.)
6463 @end deffn
6464
6465 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6466 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6467 core mode if necessary.
6468 @end deffn
6469
6470 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6471 @cindex ARM semihosting
6472 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6473
6474 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6475 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6476 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6477 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6478 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6479 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6480 @end deffn
6481
6482 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6483 @cindex ARMv4
6484 @cindex ARMv5
6485
6486 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6487 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6488 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6489 variant.
6490
6491 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6492 @cindex ARM7
6493 @cindex ARM9
6494
6495 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6496 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6497 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6498 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6499
6500 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6501 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6502 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6503 instead of breakpoints.
6504 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6505
6506 This should be
6507 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6508 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6509 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6510 @end deffn
6511
6512 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6513 @cindex DCC
6514 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6515 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6516 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6517
6518 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6519 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6520 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6524 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6525 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6526 that don't check completion of the operation.
6527 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6528
6529 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6530 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6531 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6532 @end deffn
6533
6534 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6535 @cindex ARM720T
6536
6537 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6538 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6539 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6540 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6541
6542 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6543 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6544 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6545
6546 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6547 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6548 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6552 @cindex ARM9
6553
6554 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6555 integer processors.
6556 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6557
6558 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6559 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6560 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6561 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6562
6563 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6564 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6565 @cindex vector_catch
6566 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6567 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6568 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6569 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6570 to those hardware vectors.
6571
6572 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6573 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6574 vector catch hardware to intercept
6575 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6576 @option{none} of them,
6577 or a list with one or more of the following:
6578 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6579 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6580 @end deffn
6581
6582 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6583 @cindex ARM920T
6584
6585 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6586 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6587 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6588 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6589 and ARM9 commands.
6590
6591 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6592 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6593 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6597 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6598 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6599 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6600 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6601 (Not all registers can be written.)
6602 @end deffn
6603
6604 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6605 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6606 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6607
6608 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6609 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6610 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6611 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6612 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6613 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6614 @end deffn
6615
6616 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6617 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6618 @end deffn
6619
6620 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6621 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6622 @end deffn
6623
6624 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6625 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6626
6627 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6628 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6629 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6630 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6631 and ARM9 commands.
6632
6633 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6634 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6635
6636 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6637 Print information about the caches found.
6638 @end deffn
6639
6640 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6641 @cindex ARM966E
6642
6643 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6644 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6645 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6646 and ARM9 commands.
6647
6648 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6649 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6650 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6651 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6652 ARM966E-S TRM.
6653 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6654 as required for BIST support.
6655 @end deffn
6656
6657 @subsection XScale specific commands
6658 @cindex XScale
6659
6660 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6661
6662 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6663 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6664 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6665 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6666 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6667 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6668 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6669
6670 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6671 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6672 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6673 the mini-IC.
6674
6675 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6676 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6677 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6678 code layout in memory:
6679 @example
6680 _vectors:
6681 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6682 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6683 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6684 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6685 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6686 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6687 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6688 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6689 .org 0x100
6690 .long real_reset_vector
6691 .long real_ui_handler
6692 .long real_swi_handler
6693 .long real_pf_abort
6694 .long real_data_abort
6695 .long 0 /* unused */
6696 .long real_irq_handler
6697 .long real_fiq_handler
6698 @end example
6699
6700 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6701 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6702 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6703 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6704 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6705 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6706 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6707 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6708 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6709 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6710 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6711 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6712 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6713 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6714 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6715 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6716 software.
6717
6718 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6719 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6720 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6721 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6722
6723 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6724 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6725 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6726 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6727 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6728 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6729 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6730 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6731 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6732
6733 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6734 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6735
6736 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6737 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6738 @end deffn
6739
6740 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6741 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6742 @end deffn
6743
6744 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6745 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6746 @end deffn
6747
6748 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6749 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6750 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6751 @end deffn
6752
6753 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6754 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6755 @end deffn
6756
6757 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6758 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6759 @end deffn
6760
6761 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6762 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6763 @end deffn
6764
6765 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6766 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6767 @end deffn
6768
6769 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6770 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6771 @end deffn
6772
6773 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6774 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6775 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6776 and modifying how it is emptied.
6777 @end deffn
6778
6779 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6780 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6781 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6782 The image @var{type} may be one of
6783 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6784 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6785 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6786 @end deffn
6787
6788 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6789 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6790 @cindex vector_catch
6791 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6792 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6793
6794 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6795 @example
6796 0x01 Trap Reset
6797 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6798 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6799 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6800 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6801 0x20 reserved
6802 0x40 Trap IRQ
6803 0x80 Trap FIQ
6804 @end example
6805 @end deffn
6806
6807 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6808 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6809 @cindex vector_table
6810
6811 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6812 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6813 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6814 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6815 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6816
6817 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6818
6819 @end deffn
6820
6821 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6822 @cindex ARMv6
6823
6824 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6825 @cindex ARM11
6826
6827 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6828 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6829 which is enabled by default.
6830 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6831 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6832 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6833 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6834 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6835 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6836 @end deffn
6837
6838 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6839 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6840 which is enabled by default.
6841 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6842 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6843 @end deffn
6844
6845 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6846 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6847 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6848 they are disabled by default.
6849 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6850 @end deffn
6851
6852 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6853 @cindex vector_catch
6854 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6855 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6856 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6857
6858 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6859 for certain hardware events.
6860 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6861 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6862 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6863 @end deffn
6864
6865 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6866 @cindex ARMv7
6867
6868 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6869 @cindex Debug Access Port
6870 @cindex DAP
6871 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6872 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6873 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6874
6875 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6876 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6877 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6878 @end deffn
6879
6880 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6881 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6882 @end deffn
6883
6884 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6885 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6886 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6887 @end deffn
6888
6889 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6890 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6891 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6892 @end deffn
6893
6894 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6895 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6896 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6897 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6898 @end deffn
6899
6900 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6901 @cindex Cortex-M3
6902
6903 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6904 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6905
6906 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6907 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6908 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6909 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6910 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6911 the step command leaves with the core running.
6912
6913 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6914 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6915 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6916
6917 Default is @option{auto}.
6918 @end deffn
6919
6920 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6921 @cindex vector_catch
6922 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6923 for certain hardware events.
6924
6925 Parameters request interception of
6926 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6927 @option{none} of them,
6928 or one or more of the following:
6929 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6930 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6931 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6932 @option{irq_err},
6933 @option{state_err},
6934 @option{chk_err}, or
6935 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6936 @option{reset}.
6937 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6938 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6939 are mapped to HardFault.
6940 UsageFault checks for
6941 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6942 must also be explicitly enabled.
6943
6944 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6945 @end deffn
6946
6947 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6948 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6949 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6950 @itemize @minus
6951 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6952 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6953 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6954 @end itemize
6955 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6956 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6957 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6958 the peripherals.
6959 @xref{Target Events}.
6960 @end deffn
6961
6962 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6963 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6964 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6965 @cindex tracing
6966 @cindex libdcc
6967 @cindex DCC
6968 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6969 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6970 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6971 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6972
6973 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6974 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6975 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6976 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6977 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6978 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6979
6980 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6981 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6982 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6983 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6984 The target being debugged may
6985 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6986 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6987 each supported by a command:
6988
6989 @itemize
6990 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6991 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6992 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6993 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6994
6995 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6996 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6997 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6998
6999 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7000 and then displayed at any time.
7001 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7002
7003 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7004 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7005 @end itemize
7006
7007 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7008 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7009 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7010 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7011 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7012 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7013 does the same thing.
7014
7015 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7016 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7017 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7018 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7019 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7020
7021 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7022 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7023 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7024 @end deffn
7025
7026 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7027 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7028 in the order they triggered.
7029 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7030 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7031 history records.
7032 @end deffn
7033
7034 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7035 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7036 they have been triggered.
7037 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7038 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7039 and associates it with that identifier.
7040
7041 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7042 are not related except by this command.
7043 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7044 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7045 @end deffn
7046
7047
7048 @node JTAG Commands
7049 @chapter JTAG Commands
7050 @cindex JTAG Commands
7051 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7052 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7053 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7054 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7055 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7056
7057 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7058 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7059
7060 @itemize @bullet
7061 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7062 devices such as a CPUs.
7063 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7064 standard state machine (in parallel)
7065 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7066 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7067 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7068 while the reading previous ones.
7069 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7070 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7071 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7072 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7073 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7074 registers.
7075 @end itemize
7076
7077 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7078
7079 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7080 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7081 the order of TAP state transitions.
7082 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7083 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7084 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7085 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7086 these commands are not available.
7087
7088 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7089 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7090 that specify the entire register.
7091 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7092 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7093 The return value holds the original value of each
7094 of those fields.
7095
7096 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7097 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7098 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7099 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7100 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7101
7102 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7103 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7104
7105 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7106 in that state.
7107 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7108 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7109 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7110
7111 @quotation Warning
7112 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7113 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7114 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7115 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7116 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7117 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7118 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7119 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7120 @end quotation
7121 @end deffn
7122
7123 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7124 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7125 This may be used for performance tuning.
7126
7127 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7128 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7129 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7130 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7131 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7132 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7133 @end deffn
7134
7135 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7136 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7137 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7138 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7139 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7140 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7141
7142 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7143 in that state.
7144 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7145 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7146 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7147
7148 @quotation Note
7149 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7150 register values, unlike data register values.
7151 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7152 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7153 @end quotation
7154 @end deffn
7155
7156 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7157 Set values of reset signals.
7158 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7159 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7160 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7161 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7162 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7163 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7164 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7165
7166 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7167 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7168 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7169 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7170 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7171 instead of the TRST signal.
7172 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7173 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7174 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7175 with handlers for that event.
7176 @end deffn
7177
7178 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7179 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7180 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7181 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7182 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7183 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7184 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7185 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7186 The final state must also be stable.
7187 @end deffn
7188
7189 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7190 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7191 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7192 Instructions often need some time
7193 to execute before they take effect.
7194 @end deffn
7195
7196 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7197 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7198
7199 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7200 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7201 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7202 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7203 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7204 @end deffn
7205
7206 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7207 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7208 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7209 must also be enabled.
7210 Default is enabled.
7211 @end deffn
7212
7213 @section TAP state names
7214 @cindex TAP state names
7215
7216 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7217 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7218 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7219 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7220
7221 @itemize @bullet
7222 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7223 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7224 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7225 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7226 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7227 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7228 through the data register
7229 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7230 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7231 for update or more shifting
7232 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7233 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7234 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7235 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7236 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7237 through the instruction register
7238 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7239 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7240 for update or more shifting
7241 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7242 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7243 @end itemize
7244
7245 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7246 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7247 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7248 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7249
7250 @itemize @bullet
7251 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7252 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7253 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7254 may not be as expected.
7255 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7256 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7257 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7258 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7259 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7260 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7261 @end itemize
7262
7263 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7264 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7265
7266 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7267 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7268 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7269 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7270
7271 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7272 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7273 @cindex SVF
7274
7275 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7276 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7277 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7278 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7279
7280 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7281 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7282 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7283 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7284 each command is logged before it is executed.
7285 @end deffn
7286
7287 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7288 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7289 @cindex XSVF
7290
7291 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7292 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7293 Xilinx devices.
7294 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7295 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7296
7297 @quotation Important
7298 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7299 @end quotation
7300
7301 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7302 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7303 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7304 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7305 that TAP.
7306 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7307 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7308 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7309 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7310 @end deffn
7311
7312 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7313 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7314 after building the software.
7315 You may find them useful:
7316
7317 @itemize
7318 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7319 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7320 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7321 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7322 @end itemize
7323
7324 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7325 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7326 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7327 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7328 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7329 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7330 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7331
7332
7333 @node TFTP
7334 @chapter TFTP
7335 @cindex TFTP
7336 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7337 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7338
7339 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7340 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7341 server (tftpd). For example,
7342
7343 @example
7344 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7345 @end example
7346
7347 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7348 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7349
7350 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7351 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7352 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7353 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7354
7355 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7356 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7357 @cindex GDB
7358 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7359 to debug remote targets.
7360 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7361
7362 @itemize
7363 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7364 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7365 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7366 as shown in this chapter.
7367 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7368 that also will probably need to be configured.
7369 @end itemize
7370
7371 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7372 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7373 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7374 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7375 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7376 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7377
7378 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7379 @section Connecting to GDB
7380 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7381 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7382 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7383 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7384 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7385
7386 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7387
7388 @enumerate
7389 @item
7390 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7391 @example
7392 target remote localhost:3333
7393 @end example
7394 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7395 @item
7396 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7397 @example
7398 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7399 @end example
7400 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7401 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7402 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7403 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7404 @end enumerate
7405
7406 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7407 GDB command line.
7408
7409 @section Sample GDB session startup
7410
7411 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7412 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7413 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7414 small ARM program.
7415 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7416 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7417
7418 @example
7419 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7420 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7421 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7422 ...
7423 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7424 ...
7425 (gdb) load
7426 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7427 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7428 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7429 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7430 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7431 (gdb) continue
7432 Continuing.
7433 ...
7434 @end example
7435
7436 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7437 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7438 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7439 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7440
7441 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7442
7443 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7444 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7445 packet size and the device's memory map.
7446 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7447 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7448 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7449
7450 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7451 You may need to set those up by hand.
7452 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7453 something like:
7454
7455 @example
7456 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7457 @end example
7458
7459 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7460
7461 @example
7462 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7463 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7464 @end example
7465
7466 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7467 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7468 do not have such restrictions.
7469
7470 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7471 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7472 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7473
7474 @example
7475 define hook-step
7476 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7477 end
7478 define hookpost-step
7479 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7480 end
7481 @end example
7482
7483 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7484 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7485 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7486 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7487
7488 @section Programming using GDB
7489 @cindex Programming using GDB
7490
7491 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7492 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7493 @example
7494 gdb_memory_map disable
7495 @end example
7496 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7497 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7498 working area.
7499
7500 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7501 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7502 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7503 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7504
7505 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7506 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7507
7508 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7509 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7510 @example
7511 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7512 @end example
7513
7514 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7515 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7516
7517 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7518 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7519 will be used.
7520
7521 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7522 script can be executed:
7523 @example
7524 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7525 @end example
7526
7527 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7528 can be used.
7529 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7530 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7531 @cindex SMP
7532 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7533 @itemize @bullet
7534 @item j - smp status request
7535 @item J - smp set request
7536 @end itemize
7537
7538 OpenOCD implements :
7539 @itemize @bullet
7540 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7541 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7542 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7543 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7544 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7545 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7546 @end itemize
7547
7548 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7549 @itemize @bullet
7550 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7551 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7552 @example
7553 set $_core 1
7554 #Jc01 packet is sent
7555 print $_core
7556 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7557 @end example
7558
7559 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7560 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7561
7562 @example
7563 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7564 define toggle0
7565 maint packet Jc0
7566 continue
7567 main packet Jc-1
7568 end
7569 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7570 define toggle1
7571 maint packet Jc1
7572 continue
7573 main packet Jc-1
7574 end
7575 @end example
7576 @end itemize
7577
7578
7579 @node Tcl Scripting API
7580 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7581 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7582 @cindex Tcl scripts
7583 @section API rules
7584
7585 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7586 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7587 information as an argument to each proc.
7588
7589 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7590 pair list and lists.
7591
7592 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7593 list.
7594
7595 @verbatim
7596
7597 > set foo(me) Duane
7598 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7599 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7600 > set foo(duck) Donald
7601
7602 If one does this:
7603
7604 > set foo
7605
7606 The result is:
7607
7608 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7609
7610 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7611
7612 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7613 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7614 }
7615 @end verbatim
7616
7617 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7618 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7619
7620 @section Internal low-level Commands
7621
7622 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7623
7624 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7625 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7626 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7627
7628 @itemize @bullet
7629 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7630
7631 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7632 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7633
7634 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7635 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7636
7637 Return information about the flash banks
7638 @end itemize
7639
7640 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7641 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7642 called "flash_banks".
7643
7644 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7645
7646 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7647 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7648 holds one of the following values:
7649
7650 @itemize @bullet
7651 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7652 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7653 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7654 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7655 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7656 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7657 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7658 @end itemize
7659
7660 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7661
7662 @quotation Note
7663 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7664 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7665 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7666 is jim, not real tcl).
7667 @end quotation
7668
7669 @node FAQ
7670 @chapter FAQ
7671 @cindex faq
7672 @enumerate
7673 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7674 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7675 @cindex RTCK
7676 @cindex adaptive clocking
7677 @*
7678
7679 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7680 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7681 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7682 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7683
7684 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7685 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7686 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7687 @enumerate
7688 @item
7689 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7690 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7691 @item
7692 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7693 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7694 @end enumerate
7695
7696 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7697 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7698 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7699 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7700 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7701 power).
7702
7703 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7704 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7705 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7706 ARM926 scenario).
7707 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7708 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7709 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7710
7711 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7712 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7713 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7714 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7715
7716 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7717
7718 In order to make use of this,
7719 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7720 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7721
7722 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7723 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7724 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7725 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7726 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7727
7728 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7729 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7730 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7731 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7732
7733 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7734 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7735 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7736 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7737 with a CPLD.
7738 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7739 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7740 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7741 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7742 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7743 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7744
7745 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7746
7747 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7748
7749 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7750 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7751 depending on the chips on your board.
7752 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7753 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7754 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7755
7756 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7757 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7758 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7759
7760 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7761 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7762 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7763 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7764
7765 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7766 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7767 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7768 this way.
7769
7770 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7771 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7772 clock rate.
7773 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7774 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7775 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7776
7777 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7778
7779 @example
7780 # Example: 1.234MHz
7781 adapter_khz 1234
7782 @end example
7783
7784
7785 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7786
7787 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7788 around Windows filenames.
7789
7790 @example
7791 > echo \a
7792
7793 > echo @{\a@}
7794 \a
7795 > echo "\a"
7796
7797 >
7798 @end example
7799
7800
7801 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7802
7803 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7804 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7805 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7806
7807 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7808 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7809 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7810
7811 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7812 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7813 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7814
7815 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7816
7817 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7818 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7819 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7820 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7821
7822 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7823 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7824 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7825
7826 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7827 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7828
7829 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7830 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7831 memory read caused data abort".
7832
7833 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7834 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7835 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7836 be done, feel free to add this here.
7837
7838 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7839 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7840 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7841 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7842 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7843 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7844 gracefully stops.
7845
7846 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7847 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7848 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7849
7850 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7851 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7852 bytes. Painful...
7853
7854
7855 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7856 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7857
7858 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7859 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7860 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7861 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7862 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7863 reset, everything else should work fine.
7864
7865 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7866 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7867 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7868 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7869
7870 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7871 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7872 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7873 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7874
7875 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7876
7877 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7878 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7879 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7880 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7881
7882 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7883 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7884 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7885 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7886
7887 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7888 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7889 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7890
7891 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7892 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7893
7894 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7895 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7896 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7897 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7898 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7899 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7900 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7901 clock frequency?
7902
7903 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7904 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7905 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7906 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7907 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7908
7909 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7910
7911 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7912 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7913 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7914 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7915 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7916 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7917 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7918
7919 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7920
7921 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7922 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7923 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7924 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7925
7926 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7927 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7928 particular order?
7929
7930 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7931 the same order used by the hardware.
7932
7933 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7934 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7935 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7936 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7937 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7938 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7939
7940 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7941 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7942 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7943 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7944
7945 @itemize @bullet
7946 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7947 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7948 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7949 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7950 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7951 @end itemize
7952
7953 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7954
7955 @itemize @bullet
7956 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7957 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7958 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7959 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7960 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7961 @end itemize
7962
7963
7964 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7965 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7966 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7967
7968 TODO.
7969
7970 @end enumerate
7971
7972 @node Tcl Crash Course
7973 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7974 @cindex Tcl
7975
7976 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7977 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7978 how the Tcl scripts work.
7979
7980 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7981 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7982 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7983 OpenOCD.
7984
7985 @section Tcl Rule #1
7986 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7987 @enumerate
7988 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7989 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7990 @end enumerate
7991
7992 The Tcl equal is this:
7993
7994 @enumerate
7995 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7996 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7997 @end enumerate
7998
7999 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8000 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8001
8002 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8003 There is a second pair of rules.
8004 @enumerate
8005 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8006 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8007 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8008 in Tcl.
8009 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8010 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8011 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8012 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8013 @end enumerate
8014
8015 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8016 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8017 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8018 Everything is a string}
8019
8020 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8021 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8022 difference is subtle.
8023 @enumerate
8024 @item Parse Time
8025 @item Evaluation Time
8026 @end enumerate
8027
8028 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8029 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8030 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8031
8032 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8033 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8034 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8035 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8036
8037 @itemize @bullet
8038 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8039 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8040 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8041 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8042 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8043 @example
8044 # bash example
8045 X=`date`
8046 echo "The Date is: $X"
8047 # Tcl example
8048 set X [date]
8049 puts "The Date is: $X"
8050 @end example
8051 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8052 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8053 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8054 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8055 is a string}
8056 @example
8057 set x "Dinner"
8058 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8059 @end example
8060 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8061 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8062 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8063 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8064 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8065 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8066 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8067 @end itemize
8068
8069 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8070
8071 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8072
8073 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8074
8075 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8076 the normal way.
8077
8078 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8079 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8080 line is immedatly executed.
8081
8082 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8083 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8084
8085 @subsection Command Execution
8086
8087 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8088 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8089 control flow operators.
8090
8091 Commands are executed like this:
8092
8093 @enumerate
8094 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8095 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8096 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8097 @end enumerate
8098
8099 It sort of works like this:
8100 @example
8101 for(;;)@{
8102 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8103
8104 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8105
8106 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8107 @}
8108 @end example
8109
8110 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8111 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8112 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8113 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8114 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8115 ``LookupCommand()''
8116
8117 @subsection The FOR command
8118
8119 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8120 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8121 command just like any other command.
8122
8123 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8124 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8125 are:
8126
8127 @enumerate 0
8128 @item The ascii text 'for'
8129 @item The start text
8130 @item The test expression
8131 @item The next text
8132 @item The body text
8133 @end enumerate
8134
8135 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8136 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8137 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8138 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8139
8140 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8141 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8142
8143 @example
8144 int
8145 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8146 int *argc,
8147 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8148 @end example
8149
8150 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8151 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8152 still operates in the same basic way.
8153
8154 @subsection FOR command implementation
8155
8156 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8157 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8158
8159 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8160
8161 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8162
8163 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8164 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8165 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8166
8167 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8168 expression and returns a value.
8169
8170 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8171 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8172 @example
8173 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8174
8175 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8176
8177 int
8178 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8179 int argc,
8180 char **argv )
8181 @{
8182 if( argc != 5 )@{
8183 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8184 return ERROR;
8185 @}
8186
8187 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8188
8189 // Execute the start statement.
8190 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8191
8192 // Top of loop test
8193 for(;;)@{
8194 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8195 if( i == 0 )
8196 break;
8197
8198 // Execute the body
8199 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8200
8201 // Execute the LOOP part
8202 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8203 @}
8204
8205 // Return no error
8206 SetResult( interp, "" );
8207 return SUCCESS;
8208 @}
8209 @end example
8210
8211 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8212 in the same basic way.
8213
8214 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8215
8216 @subsection source and find commands
8217 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8218 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8219 @*Remember the parsing rules
8220 @enumerate
8221 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8222 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8223 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8224 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8225 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8226 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8227 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8228 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8229 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8230 @end enumerate
8231 @subsection format command
8232 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8233 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8234 @b{sprintf()}.
8235 @b{Example}
8236 @example
8237 set x 6
8238 set y 7
8239 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8240 @end example
8241 @enumerate
8242 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8243 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8244 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8245 @* Refer to Rule #1
8246 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8247 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8248 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8249 @end enumerate
8250 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8251 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8252 @example
8253 #1 Good
8254 proc someproc @{@} @{
8255 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8256 @}
8257 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8258 #2 Good - no variables
8259 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8260 #3 Good Curly Braces
8261 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8262 puts "Time: [date]"
8263 @}
8264 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8265 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8266 @end example
8267 @enumerate
8268 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8269 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8270 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8271 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8272 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8273 command.
8274 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8275 @*There are 4 examples:
8276 @enumerate
8277 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8278 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8279 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8280 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8281 @end enumerate
8282
8283 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8284 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8285 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8286
8287 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8288 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8289 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8290 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8291 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8292 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8293 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8294 @end enumerate
8295 @subsection Global Variables
8296 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8297 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8298 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8299 @example
8300 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8301 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8302 global x #Global variable X
8303 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8304 @}
8305 @end example
8306 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8307 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8308 @example
8309 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8310 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8311 # Create var name
8312 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8313 # Make it a global
8314 global $vn
8315 # Set it.
8316 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8317 @}
8318 @end example
8319 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8320 @example
8321 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8322 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8323 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8324 @}
8325 @end example
8326
8327 @include fdl.texi
8328
8329 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8330 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8331 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8332 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8333 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8334 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8335
8336 @printindex cp
8337
8338 @node Command and Driver Index
8339 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8340 @printindex fn
8341
8342 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)